1 //===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 #include "TreeTransform.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/Designator.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaFixItUtils.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h"
47 using namespace clang;
50 /// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, without
51 /// emitting diagnostics.
52 bool Sema::CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid) {
53 // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
54 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D))
57 // See if this is a deleted function.
58 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
62 // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it,
63 // then we can't use it either.
64 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() &&
65 DeduceReturnType(FD, SourceLocation(), /*Diagnose*/ false))
69 // See if this function is unavailable.
70 if (TreatUnavailableAsInvalid && D->getAvailability() == AR_Unavailable &&
71 cast<Decl>(CurContext)->getAvailability() != AR_Unavailable)
77 static void DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
78 // Warn if this is used but marked unused.
79 if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
80 // [[maybe_unused]] should not diagnose uses, but __attribute__((unused))
81 // should diagnose them.
82 if (A->getSemanticSpelling() != UnusedAttr::CXX11_maybe_unused) {
83 const Decl *DC = cast_or_null<Decl>(S.getCurObjCLexicalContext());
84 if (DC && !DC->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
85 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_used_but_marked_unused) << D->getDeclName();
90 static bool HasRedeclarationWithoutAvailabilityInCategory(const Decl *D) {
91 const auto *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
94 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OID = OMD->getClassInterface();
98 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat : OID->visible_categories())
99 if (ObjCMethodDecl *CatMeth =
100 Cat->getMethod(OMD->getSelector(), OMD->isInstanceMethod()))
101 if (!CatMeth->hasAttr<AvailabilityAttr>())
107 Sema::ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *&D, std::string *Message) {
108 AvailabilityResult Result = D->getAvailability(Message);
110 // For typedefs, if the typedef declaration appears available look
111 // to the underlying type to see if it is more restrictive.
112 while (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
113 if (Result == AR_Available) {
114 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
116 Result = D->getAvailability(Message);
123 // Forward class declarations get their attributes from their definition.
124 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
125 if (IDecl->getDefinition()) {
126 D = IDecl->getDefinition();
127 Result = D->getAvailability(Message);
131 if (const EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
132 if (Result == AR_Available) {
133 const DeclContext *DC = ECD->getDeclContext();
134 if (const EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(DC))
135 Result = TheEnumDecl->getAvailability(Message);
138 if (Result == AR_NotYetIntroduced) {
139 // Don't do this for enums, they can't be redeclared.
140 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<EnumDecl>(D))
143 bool Warn = !D->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()->isInherited();
144 // Objective-C method declarations in categories are not modelled as
145 // redeclarations, so manually look for a redeclaration in a category
147 if (Warn && HasRedeclarationWithoutAvailabilityInCategory(D))
149 // In general, D will point to the most recent redeclaration. However,
150 // for `@class A;` decls, this isn't true -- manually go through the
151 // redecl chain in that case.
152 if (Warn && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
153 for (Decl *Redecl = D->getMostRecentDecl(); Redecl && Warn;
154 Redecl = Redecl->getPreviousDecl())
155 if (!Redecl->hasAttr<AvailabilityAttr>() ||
156 Redecl->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()->isInherited())
159 return Warn ? AR_NotYetIntroduced : AR_Available;
166 DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
167 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
168 bool ObjCPropertyAccess) {
170 // See if this declaration is unavailable, deprecated, or partial.
171 if (AvailabilityResult Result =
172 S.ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(D, &Message)) {
174 if (Result == AR_NotYetIntroduced && S.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
175 S.getEnclosingFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true;
179 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCPDecl = nullptr;
180 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
181 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = MD->findPropertyDecl()) {
182 AvailabilityResult PDeclResult = PD->getAvailability(nullptr);
183 if (PDeclResult == Result)
188 S.EmitAvailabilityWarning(Result, D, Message, Loc, UnknownObjCClass,
189 ObjCPDecl, ObjCPropertyAccess);
193 /// \brief Emit a note explaining that this function is deleted.
194 void Sema::NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *Decl) {
195 assert(Decl->isDeleted());
197 CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl);
199 if (Method && Method->isDeleted() && Method->isDefaulted()) {
200 // If the method was explicitly defaulted, point at that declaration.
201 if (!Method->isImplicit())
202 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_implicitly_deleted);
204 // Try to diagnose why this special member function was implicitly
205 // deleted. This might fail, if that reason no longer applies.
206 CXXSpecialMember CSM = getSpecialMember(Method);
207 if (CSM != CXXInvalid)
208 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Method, CSM, nullptr, /*Diagnose=*/true);
213 auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Decl);
214 if (Ctor && Ctor->isInheritingConstructor())
215 return NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(Ctor);
217 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_availability_specified_here)
221 /// \brief Determine whether a FunctionDecl was ever declared with an
222 /// explicit storage class.
223 static bool hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(const FunctionDecl *D) {
224 for (auto I : D->redecls()) {
225 if (I->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
231 /// \brief Check whether we're in an extern inline function and referring to a
232 /// variable or function with internal linkage (C11 6.7.4p3).
234 /// This is only a warning because we used to silently accept this code, but
235 /// in many cases it will not behave correctly. This is not enabled in C++ mode
236 /// because the restriction language is a bit weaker (C++11 [basic.def.odr]p6)
237 /// and so while there may still be user mistakes, most of the time we can't
238 /// prove that there are errors.
239 static void diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(Sema &S,
241 SourceLocation Loc) {
242 // This is disabled under C++; there are too many ways for this to fire in
243 // contexts where the warning is a false positive, or where it is technically
244 // correct but benign.
245 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
248 // Check if this is an inlined function or method.
249 FunctionDecl *Current = S.getCurFunctionDecl();
252 if (!Current->isInlined())
254 if (!Current->isExternallyVisible())
257 // Check if the decl has internal linkage.
258 if (D->getFormalLinkage() != InternalLinkage)
261 // Downgrade from ExtWarn to Extension if
262 // (1) the supposedly external inline function is in the main file,
263 // and probably won't be included anywhere else.
264 // (2) the thing we're referencing is a pure function.
265 // (3) the thing we're referencing is another inline function.
266 // This last can give us false negatives, but it's better than warning on
267 // wrappers for simple C library functions.
268 const FunctionDecl *UsedFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
269 bool DowngradeWarning = S.getSourceManager().isInMainFile(Loc);
270 if (!DowngradeWarning && UsedFn)
271 DowngradeWarning = UsedFn->isInlined() || UsedFn->hasAttr<ConstAttr>();
273 S.Diag(Loc, DowngradeWarning ? diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline_quiet
274 : diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline)
275 << /*IsVar=*/!UsedFn << D;
277 S.MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(Current);
279 S.Diag(D->getCanonicalDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
283 void Sema::MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *Cur) {
284 const FunctionDecl *First = Cur->getFirstDecl();
286 // Suggest "static" on the function, if possible.
287 if (!hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(First)) {
288 SourceLocation DeclBegin = First->getSourceRange().getBegin();
289 Diag(DeclBegin, diag::note_convert_inline_to_static)
290 << Cur << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DeclBegin, "static ");
294 /// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
295 /// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
297 /// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
298 /// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
299 /// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
300 /// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
301 /// function is being used.
303 /// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
304 /// referenced), false otherwise.
306 bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
307 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
308 bool ObjCPropertyAccess) {
309 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
310 // If there were any diagnostics suppressed by template argument deduction,
312 auto Pos = SuppressedDiagnostics.find(D->getCanonicalDecl());
313 if (Pos != SuppressedDiagnostics.end()) {
314 for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Suppressed : Pos->second)
315 Diag(Suppressed.first, Suppressed.second);
317 // Clear out the list of suppressed diagnostics, so that we don't emit
318 // them again for this specialization. However, we don't obsolete this
319 // entry from the table, because we want to avoid ever emitting these
320 // diagnostics again.
324 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3:
325 // The function 'main' shall not be used within a program.
326 if (cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isMain())
327 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_main_used);
330 // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
331 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
332 if (isa<BindingDecl>(D)) {
333 Diag(Loc, diag::err_binding_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
336 const AutoType *AT = cast<VarDecl>(D)->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
338 Diag(Loc, diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
339 << D->getDeclName() << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword();
344 // See if this is a deleted function.
345 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
346 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
347 auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
348 if (Ctor && Ctor->isInheritingConstructor())
349 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_inherited_ctor_use)
351 << Ctor->getInheritedConstructor().getConstructor()->getParent();
353 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
354 NoteDeletedFunction(FD);
358 // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it,
359 // then we can't use it either.
360 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() &&
361 DeduceReturnType(FD, Loc))
364 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !CheckCUDACall(Loc, FD))
368 // [OpenMP 4.0], 2.15 declare reduction Directive, Restrictions
369 // Only the variables omp_in and omp_out are allowed in the combiner.
370 // Only the variables omp_priv and omp_orig are allowed in the
371 // initializer-clause.
372 auto *DRD = dyn_cast<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(CurContext);
373 if (LangOpts.OpenMP && DRD && !CurContext->containsDecl(D) &&
375 Diag(Loc, diag::err_omp_wrong_var_in_declare_reduction)
376 << getCurFunction()->HasOMPDeclareReductionCombiner;
377 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << D;
380 DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(*this, D, Loc, UnknownObjCClass,
383 DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(*this, D, Loc);
385 diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(*this, D, Loc);
390 /// \brief Retrieve the message suffix that should be added to a
391 /// diagnostic complaining about the given function being deleted or
393 std::string Sema::getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
395 if (FD->getAvailability(&Message))
396 return ": " + Message;
398 return std::string();
401 /// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks whether a call or
402 /// message-send is to a declaration with the sentinel attribute, and
403 /// if so, it checks that the requirements of the sentinel are
405 void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
406 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
407 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
411 // The number of formal parameters of the declaration.
412 unsigned numFormalParams;
414 // The kind of declaration. This is also an index into a %select in
416 enum CalleeType { CT_Function, CT_Method, CT_Block } calleeType;
418 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
419 numFormalParams = MD->param_size();
420 calleeType = CT_Method;
421 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
422 numFormalParams = FD->param_size();
423 calleeType = CT_Function;
424 } else if (isa<VarDecl>(D)) {
425 QualType type = cast<ValueDecl>(D)->getType();
426 const FunctionType *fn = nullptr;
427 if (const PointerType *ptr = type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
428 fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
430 calleeType = CT_Function;
431 } else if (const BlockPointerType *ptr = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
432 fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
433 calleeType = CT_Block;
438 if (const FunctionProtoType *proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(fn)) {
439 numFormalParams = proto->getNumParams();
447 // "nullPos" is the number of formal parameters at the end which
448 // effectively count as part of the variadic arguments. This is
449 // useful if you would prefer to not have *any* formal parameters,
450 // but the language forces you to have at least one.
451 unsigned nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
452 assert((nullPos == 0 || nullPos == 1) && "invalid null position on sentinel");
453 numFormalParams = (nullPos > numFormalParams ? 0 : numFormalParams - nullPos);
455 // The number of arguments which should follow the sentinel.
456 unsigned numArgsAfterSentinel = attr->getSentinel();
458 // If there aren't enough arguments for all the formal parameters,
459 // the sentinel, and the args after the sentinel, complain.
460 if (Args.size() < numFormalParams + numArgsAfterSentinel + 1) {
461 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
462 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType);
466 // Otherwise, find the sentinel expression.
467 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[Args.size() - numArgsAfterSentinel - 1];
468 if (!sentinelExpr) return;
469 if (sentinelExpr->isValueDependent()) return;
470 if (Context.isSentinelNullExpr(sentinelExpr)) return;
472 // Pick a reasonable string to insert. Optimistically use 'nil', 'nullptr',
473 // or 'NULL' if those are actually defined in the context. Only use
474 // 'nil' for ObjC methods, where it's much more likely that the
475 // variadic arguments form a list of object pointers.
476 SourceLocation MissingNilLoc
477 = getLocForEndOfToken(sentinelExpr->getLocEnd());
478 std::string NullValue;
479 if (calleeType == CT_Method && PP.isMacroDefined("nil"))
481 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
482 NullValue = "nullptr";
483 else if (PP.isMacroDefined("NULL"))
486 NullValue = "(void*) 0";
488 if (MissingNilLoc.isInvalid())
489 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << int(calleeType);
491 Diag(MissingNilLoc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel)
493 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(MissingNilLoc, ", " + NullValue);
494 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType);
497 SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(Expr *E) const {
498 return E ? E->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
501 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
502 // Standard Promotions and Conversions
503 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
505 /// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
506 ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose) {
507 // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here.
508 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
509 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
510 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
514 QualType Ty = E->getType();
515 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
517 if (Ty->isFunctionType()) {
518 // If we are here, we are not calling a function but taking
519 // its address (which is not allowed in OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3).
520 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
522 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_taking_function_address);
526 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
527 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
528 if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, Diagnose, E->getExprLoc()))
531 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
532 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).get();
533 } else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
534 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
535 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
536 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
537 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
538 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
539 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
542 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
543 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
545 if (getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E->isLValue())
546 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
547 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get();
552 static void CheckForNullPointerDereference(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
553 // Check to see if we are dereferencing a null pointer. If so,
554 // and if not volatile-qualified, this is undefined behavior that the
555 // optimizer will delete, so warn about it. People sometimes try to use this
556 // to get a deterministic trap and are surprised by clang's behavior. This
557 // only handles the pattern "*null", which is a very syntactic check.
558 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
559 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref &&
560 UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenCasts()->
561 isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) &&
562 !UO->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
563 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
564 S.PDiag(diag::warn_indirection_through_null)
565 << UO->getSubExpr()->getSourceRange());
566 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
567 S.PDiag(diag::note_indirection_through_null));
571 static void DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(Sema &S, const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE,
572 SourceLocation AssignLoc,
574 const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = OIRE->getDecl();
578 DeclarationName MemberName = IV->getDeclName();
579 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
580 if (!Member || !Member->isStr("isa"))
583 const Expr *Base = OIRE->getBase();
584 QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
586 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
587 if (const ObjCObjectType *OTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
588 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = OTy->getInterface()) {
589 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared = nullptr;
590 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
591 if (!ClassDeclared->getSuperClass()
592 && (*ClassDeclared->ivar_begin()) == IV) {
594 NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass =
595 S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope,
596 &S.Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"),
597 SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName);
598 if (ObjectSetClass) {
599 SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = S.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS->getLocEnd());
600 S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) <<
601 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getLocStart(), "object_setClass(") <<
602 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(),
604 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")");
607 S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign);
609 NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass =
610 S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope,
611 &S.Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"),
612 SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName);
614 S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) <<
615 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getLocStart(), "object_getClass(") <<
616 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
617 SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(),
618 OIRE->getLocEnd()), ")");
620 S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use);
622 S.Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_ivar_decl);
627 ExprResult Sema::DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E) {
628 // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here.
629 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
630 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
631 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
635 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
636 // A glvalue of a non-function, non-array type T can be
637 // converted to a prvalue.
638 if (!E->isGLValue()) return E;
640 QualType T = E->getType();
641 assert(!T.isNull() && "r-value conversion on typeless expression?");
643 // We don't want to throw lvalue-to-rvalue casts on top of
644 // expressions of certain types in C++.
645 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
646 (E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy ||
647 T->isDependentType() ||
651 // The C standard is actually really unclear on this point, and
652 // DR106 tells us what the result should be but not why. It's
653 // generally best to say that void types just doesn't undergo
654 // lvalue-to-rvalue at all. Note that expressions of unqualified
655 // 'void' type are never l-values, but qualified void can be.
659 // OpenCL usually rejects direct accesses to values of 'half' type.
660 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16 &&
662 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_load_store)
667 CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, E);
668 if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
669 NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope,
670 &Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"),
671 SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName);
673 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) <<
674 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OISA->getLocStart(), "object_getClass(") <<
675 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
676 SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OISA->getIsaMemberLoc()), ")");
678 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use);
680 else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE =
681 dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
682 DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, SourceLocation(), /* Expr*/nullptr);
684 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
685 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the prvalue is the
686 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
690 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
691 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
692 // type of the lvalue.
693 if (T.hasQualifiers())
694 T = T.getUnqualifiedType();
696 // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now.
697 if (T->isMemberPointerType() &&
698 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
699 (void)isCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), T);
701 UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(E);
703 // Loading a __weak object implicitly retains the value, so we need a cleanup to
705 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
706 E->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)
707 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
709 ExprResult Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_LValueToRValue, E,
713 // ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version
714 // of the type of the lvalue ...
715 if (const AtomicType *Atomic = T->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
716 T = Atomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
717 Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, Res.get(),
724 ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose) {
725 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E, Diagnose);
728 Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.get());
734 /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
735 /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
736 ExprResult Sema::CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E) {
737 QualType Ty = E->getType();
739 // Only do implicit cast for a function type, but not for a pointer
741 if (Ty->isFunctionType()) {
742 Res = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
743 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).get();
747 Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.get());
753 /// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
754 /// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
755 /// sometimes suppressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
756 /// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
757 /// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
758 ExprResult Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E) {
759 // First, convert to an r-value.
760 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
765 QualType Ty = E->getType();
766 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
768 // Half FP have to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported
769 if (Ty->isHalfType() && !getLangOpts().NativeHalfType)
770 return ImpCastExprToType(Res.get(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast);
772 // Try to perform integral promotions if the object has a theoretically
774 if (Ty->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
777 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
778 // unsigned int may be used:
779 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
780 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
782 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
784 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
785 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
786 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
787 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
789 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(E);
791 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
794 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
795 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
796 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PT, CK_IntegralCast).get();
803 /// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
804 /// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float or __fp16
805 /// are promoted to double. All other argument types are converted by
806 /// UsualUnaryConversions().
807 ExprResult Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E) {
808 QualType Ty = E->getType();
809 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
811 ExprResult Res = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
816 // If this is a 'float' or '__fp16' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to
818 const BuiltinType *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
819 if (BTy && (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
820 BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float))
821 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.DoubleTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
823 // C++ performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion as a default argument
824 // promotion, even on class types, but note:
825 // C++11 [conv.lval]p2:
826 // When an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion occurs in an unevaluated
827 // operand or a subexpression thereof the value contained in the
828 // referenced object is not accessed. Otherwise, if the glvalue
829 // has a class type, the conversion copy-initializes a temporary
830 // of type T from the glvalue and the result of the conversion
831 // is a prvalue for the temporary.
832 // FIXME: add some way to gate this entire thing for correctness in
833 // potentially potentially evaluated contexts.
834 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->isGLValue() && !isUnevaluatedContext()) {
835 ExprResult Temp = PerformCopyInitialization(
836 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(E->getType()),
838 if (Temp.isInvalid())
846 /// Determine the degree of POD-ness for an expression.
847 /// Incomplete types are considered POD, since this check can be performed
848 /// when we're in an unevaluated context.
849 Sema::VarArgKind Sema::isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty) {
850 if (Ty->isIncompleteType()) {
851 // C++11 [expr.call]p7:
852 // After these conversions, if the argument does not have arithmetic,
853 // enumeration, pointer, pointer to member, or class type, the program
856 // Since we've already performed array-to-pointer and function-to-pointer
857 // decay, the only such type in C++ is cv void. This also handles
858 // initializer lists as variadic arguments.
859 if (Ty->isVoidType())
862 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
867 if (Ty.isCXX98PODType(Context))
870 // C++11 [expr.call]p7:
871 // Passing a potentially-evaluated argument of class type (Clause 9)
872 // having a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial move constructor,
873 // or a non-trivial destructor, with no corresponding parameter,
874 // is conditionally-supported with implementation-defined semantics.
875 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Ty->isDependentType())
876 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
877 if (!Record->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
878 !Record->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor() &&
879 !Record->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
880 return VAK_ValidInCXX11;
882 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Ty->isObjCLifetimeType())
885 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
888 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
889 return VAK_MSVCUndefined;
891 // FIXME: In C++11, these cases are conditionally-supported, meaning we're
892 // permitted to reject them. We should consider doing so.
893 return VAK_Undefined;
896 void Sema::checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT) {
897 // Don't allow one to pass an Objective-C interface to a vararg.
898 const QualType &Ty = E->getType();
899 VarArgKind VAK = isValidVarArgType(Ty);
901 // Complain about passing non-POD types through varargs.
903 case VAK_ValidInCXX11:
905 E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
906 PDiag(diag::warn_cxx98_compat_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
910 if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
911 // This is unlikely to be what the user intended. If the class has a
912 // 'c_str' member function, the user probably meant to call that.
913 DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
914 PDiag(diag::warn_pass_class_arg_to_vararg)
915 << Ty << CT << hasCStrMethod(E) << ".c_str()");
920 case VAK_MSVCUndefined:
922 E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
923 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
924 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << Ty << CT);
928 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
930 E->getLocStart(), nullptr,
931 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
934 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg)
935 << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << Ty << CT;
940 /// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
941 /// will create a trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
942 ExprResult Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
943 FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
944 if (const BuiltinType *PlaceholderTy = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
945 // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable.
946 if (PlaceholderTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast &&
947 (CT == VariadicMethod ||
948 (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>()))) {
949 E = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E);
951 // Otherwise, do normal placeholder checking.
953 ExprResult ExprRes = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
954 if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
960 ExprResult ExprRes = DefaultArgumentPromotion(E);
961 if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
965 // Diagnostics regarding non-POD argument types are
966 // emitted along with format string checking in Sema::CheckFunctionCall().
967 if (isValidVarArgType(E->getType()) == VAK_Undefined) {
968 // Turn this into a trap.
970 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
972 Name.setIdentifier(PP.getIdentifierInfo("__builtin_trap"),
974 ExprResult TrapFn = ActOnIdExpression(TUScope, SS, TemplateKWLoc,
976 if (TrapFn.isInvalid())
979 ExprResult Call = ActOnCallExpr(TUScope, TrapFn.get(),
980 E->getLocStart(), None,
982 if (Call.isInvalid())
985 ExprResult Comma = ActOnBinOp(TUScope, E->getLocStart(), tok::comma,
987 if (Comma.isInvalid())
992 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
993 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
994 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument))
1000 /// \brief Converts an integer to complex float type. Helper function of
1001 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
1003 /// \return false if the integer expression is an integer type and is
1004 /// successfully converted to the complex type.
1005 static bool handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &IntExpr,
1006 ExprResult &ComplexExpr,
1010 if (IntTy->isComplexType() || IntTy->isRealFloatingType()) return true;
1011 if (SkipCast) return false;
1012 if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) {
1013 QualType fpTy = cast<ComplexType>(ComplexTy)->getElementType();
1014 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), fpTy, CK_IntegralToFloating);
1015 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), ComplexTy,
1016 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
1018 assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType());
1019 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), ComplexTy,
1020 CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
1025 /// \brief Handle arithmetic conversion with complex types. Helper function of
1026 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
1027 static QualType handleComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1028 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1030 bool IsCompAssign) {
1031 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
1032 if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType,
1035 if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1036 /*skipCast*/IsCompAssign))
1039 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
1040 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
1041 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
1042 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
1043 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
1044 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
1045 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
1046 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
1047 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
1048 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
1050 // Compute the rank of the two types, regardless of whether they are complex.
1051 int Order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1053 auto *LHSComplexType = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(LHSType);
1054 auto *RHSComplexType = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(RHSType);
1055 QualType LHSElementType =
1056 LHSComplexType ? LHSComplexType->getElementType() : LHSType;
1057 QualType RHSElementType =
1058 RHSComplexType ? RHSComplexType->getElementType() : RHSType;
1060 QualType ResultType = S.Context.getComplexType(LHSElementType);
1062 // Promote the precision of the LHS if not an assignment.
1063 ResultType = S.Context.getComplexType(RHSElementType);
1064 if (!IsCompAssign) {
1067 S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResultType, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
1069 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSElementType, CK_FloatingCast);
1071 } else if (Order > 0) {
1072 // Promote the precision of the RHS.
1074 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResultType, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
1076 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSElementType, CK_FloatingCast);
1081 /// \brief Hande arithmetic conversion from integer to float. Helper function
1082 /// of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1083 static QualType handleIntToFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &FloatExpr,
1084 ExprResult &IntExpr,
1085 QualType FloatTy, QualType IntTy,
1086 bool ConvertFloat, bool ConvertInt) {
1087 if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) {
1089 // Convert intExpr to the lhs floating point type.
1090 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), FloatTy,
1091 CK_IntegralToFloating);
1095 // Convert both sides to the appropriate complex float.
1096 assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType());
1097 QualType result = S.Context.getComplexType(FloatTy);
1099 // _Complex int -> _Complex float
1101 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), result,
1102 CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
1104 // float -> _Complex float
1106 FloatExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(FloatExpr.get(), result,
1107 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
1112 /// \brief Handle arithmethic conversion with floating point types. Helper
1113 /// function of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1114 static QualType handleFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1115 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1116 QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) {
1117 bool LHSFloat = LHSType->isRealFloatingType();
1118 bool RHSFloat = RHSType->isRealFloatingType();
1120 // If we have two real floating types, convert the smaller operand
1121 // to the bigger result.
1122 if (LHSFloat && RHSFloat) {
1123 int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1125 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_FloatingCast);
1129 assert(order < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
1131 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_FloatingCast);
1136 // Half FP has to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported
1137 if (LHSType->isHalfType() && !S.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType)
1138 LHSType = S.Context.FloatTy;
1140 return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1141 /*convertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign,
1142 /*convertInt=*/ true);
1145 return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType,
1146 /*convertInt=*/ true,
1147 /*convertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign);
1150 /// \brief Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double if
1151 /// there is no support for such conversion. Helper function of
1152 /// UsualArithmeticConversions().
1153 static bool unsupportedTypeConversion(const Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
1155 /* No issue converting if at least one of the types is not a floating point
1156 type or the two types have the same rank.
1158 if (!LHSType->isFloatingType() || !RHSType->isFloatingType() ||
1159 S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType) == 0)
1162 assert(LHSType->isFloatingType() && RHSType->isFloatingType() &&
1163 "The remaining types must be floating point types.");
1165 auto *LHSComplex = LHSType->getAs<ComplexType>();
1166 auto *RHSComplex = RHSType->getAs<ComplexType>();
1168 QualType LHSElemType = LHSComplex ?
1169 LHSComplex->getElementType() : LHSType;
1170 QualType RHSElemType = RHSComplex ?
1171 RHSComplex->getElementType() : RHSType;
1173 // No issue if the two types have the same representation
1174 if (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(LHSElemType) ==
1175 &S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(RHSElemType))
1178 bool Float128AndLongDouble = (LHSElemType == S.Context.Float128Ty &&
1179 RHSElemType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy);
1180 Float128AndLongDouble |= (LHSElemType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy &&
1181 RHSElemType == S.Context.Float128Ty);
1183 /* We've handled the situation where __float128 and long double have the same
1184 representation. The only other allowable conversion is if long double is
1187 return Float128AndLongDouble &&
1188 (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(S.Context.LongDoubleTy) !=
1189 &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble);
1192 typedef ExprResult PerformCastFn(Sema &S, Expr *operand, QualType toType);
1195 /// These helper callbacks are placed in an anonymous namespace to
1196 /// permit their use as function template parameters.
1197 ExprResult doIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) {
1198 return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, toType, CK_IntegralCast);
1201 ExprResult doComplexIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) {
1202 return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, S.Context.getComplexType(toType),
1203 CK_IntegralComplexCast);
1207 /// \brief Handle integer arithmetic conversions. Helper function of
1208 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
1209 template <PerformCastFn doLHSCast, PerformCastFn doRHSCast>
1210 static QualType handleIntegerConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1211 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1212 QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) {
1213 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
1214 int order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1215 bool LHSSigned = LHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
1216 bool RHSSigned = RHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
1217 if (LHSSigned == RHSSigned) {
1218 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
1220 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1222 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1223 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1225 } else if (order != (LHSSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
1226 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
1227 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
1229 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1231 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1232 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1234 } else if (S.Context.getIntWidth(LHSType) != S.Context.getIntWidth(RHSType)) {
1235 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
1236 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
1237 // use the signed type.
1239 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1241 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1242 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1245 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
1246 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
1247 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
1248 // to the signed type.
1250 S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(LHSSigned ? LHSType : RHSType);
1251 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), result);
1253 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), result);
1258 /// \brief Handle conversions with GCC complex int extension. Helper function
1259 /// of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1260 static QualType handleComplexIntConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1261 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1263 bool IsCompAssign) {
1264 const ComplexType *LHSComplexInt = LHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType();
1265 const ComplexType *RHSComplexInt = RHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType();
1267 if (LHSComplexInt && RHSComplexInt) {
1268 QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1269 QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1270 QualType ScalarType =
1271 handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast>
1272 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign);
1274 return S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1277 if (LHSComplexInt) {
1278 QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1279 QualType ScalarType =
1280 handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
1281 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSType, IsCompAssign);
1282 QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1283 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ComplexType,
1284 CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
1289 assert(RHSComplexInt);
1291 QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1292 QualType ScalarType =
1293 handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast>
1294 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign);
1295 QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1298 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ComplexType,
1299 CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
1303 /// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
1304 /// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
1305 /// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
1306 /// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
1307 QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
1308 bool IsCompAssign) {
1309 if (!IsCompAssign) {
1310 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
1311 if (LHS.isInvalid())
1315 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
1316 if (RHS.isInvalid())
1319 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
1320 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
1322 Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
1324 Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
1326 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any atomic qualifier on the LHS.
1327 if (const AtomicType *AtomicLHS = LHSType->getAs<AtomicType>())
1328 LHSType = AtomicLHS->getValueType();
1330 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
1331 if (LHSType == RHSType)
1334 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
1335 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
1336 if (!LHSType->isArithmeticType() || !RHSType->isArithmeticType())
1339 // Apply unary and bitfield promotions to the LHS's type.
1340 QualType LHSUnpromotedType = LHSType;
1341 if (LHSType->isPromotableIntegerType())
1342 LHSType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSType);
1343 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get());
1344 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
1345 LHSType = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
1346 if (LHSType != LHSUnpromotedType && !IsCompAssign)
1347 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), LHSType, CK_IntegralCast);
1349 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
1350 if (LHSType == RHSType)
1353 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
1355 // Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double where
1356 // such conversions currently can't be handled.
1357 if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSType, RHSType))
1360 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
1361 if (LHSType->isComplexType() || RHSType->isComplexType())
1362 return handleComplexFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1365 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
1366 if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType())
1367 return handleFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1370 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
1371 if (LHSType->isComplexIntegerType() || RHSType->isComplexIntegerType())
1372 return handleComplexIntConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1375 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
1376 return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
1377 (*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, IsCompAssign);
1381 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1382 // Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
1383 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1387 Sema::ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
1388 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
1389 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
1390 Expr *ControllingExpr,
1391 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
1392 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs) {
1393 unsigned NumAssocs = ArgTypes.size();
1394 assert(NumAssocs == ArgExprs.size());
1396 TypeSourceInfo **Types = new TypeSourceInfo*[NumAssocs];
1397 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1399 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ArgTypes[i], &Types[i]);
1404 ExprResult ER = CreateGenericSelectionExpr(KeyLoc, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1406 llvm::makeArrayRef(Types, NumAssocs),
1413 Sema::CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
1414 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
1415 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
1416 Expr *ControllingExpr,
1417 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
1418 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs) {
1419 unsigned NumAssocs = Types.size();
1420 assert(NumAssocs == Exprs.size());
1422 // Decay and strip qualifiers for the controlling expression type, and handle
1423 // placeholder type replacement. See committee discussion from WG14 DR423.
1425 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Sema::Unevaluated);
1426 ExprResult R = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(ControllingExpr);
1429 ControllingExpr = R.get();
1432 // The controlling expression is an unevaluated operand, so side effects are
1433 // likely unintended.
1434 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1435 ControllingExpr->HasSideEffects(Context, false))
1436 Diag(ControllingExpr->getExprLoc(),
1437 diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
1439 bool TypeErrorFound = false,
1440 IsResultDependent = ControllingExpr->isTypeDependent(),
1441 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack
1442 = ControllingExpr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack();
1444 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1445 if (Exprs[i]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
1446 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;
1449 if (Types[i]->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
1450 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;
1452 if (Types[i]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
1453 IsResultDependent = true;
1455 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The type name in a generic association shall specify a
1456 // complete object type other than a variably modified type."
1458 if (Types[i]->getType()->isIncompleteType())
1459 D = diag::err_assoc_type_incomplete;
1460 else if (!Types[i]->getType()->isObjectType())
1461 D = diag::err_assoc_type_nonobject;
1462 else if (Types[i]->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
1463 D = diag::err_assoc_type_variably_modified;
1466 Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), D)
1467 << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1468 << Types[i]->getType();
1469 TypeErrorFound = true;
1472 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "No two generic associations in the same generic
1473 // selection shall specify compatible types."
1474 for (unsigned j = i+1; j < NumAssocs; ++j)
1475 if (Types[j] && !Types[j]->getType()->isDependentType() &&
1476 Context.typesAreCompatible(Types[i]->getType(),
1477 Types[j]->getType())) {
1478 Diag(Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1479 diag::err_assoc_compatible_types)
1480 << Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1481 << Types[j]->getType()
1482 << Types[i]->getType();
1483 Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1484 diag::note_compat_assoc)
1485 << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1486 << Types[i]->getType();
1487 TypeErrorFound = true;
1495 // If we determined that the generic selection is result-dependent, don't
1496 // try to compute the result expression.
1497 if (IsResultDependent)
1498 return new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr(
1499 Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, Types, Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1500 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack);
1502 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> CompatIndices;
1503 unsigned DefaultIndex = -1U;
1504 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1507 else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(ControllingExpr->getType(),
1508 Types[i]->getType()))
1509 CompatIndices.push_back(i);
1512 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The controlling expression of a generic selection shall have
1513 // type compatible with at most one of the types named in its generic
1514 // association list."
1515 if (CompatIndices.size() > 1) {
1516 // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
1517 // parenthesized in macro definitions.
1518 ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
1519 Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_multi_match)
1520 << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType()
1521 << (unsigned) CompatIndices.size();
1522 for (unsigned I : CompatIndices) {
1523 Diag(Types[I]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1524 diag::note_compat_assoc)
1525 << Types[I]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1526 << Types[I]->getType();
1531 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "If a generic selection has no default generic association,
1532 // its controlling expression shall have type compatible with exactly one of
1533 // the types named in its generic association list."
1534 if (DefaultIndex == -1U && CompatIndices.size() == 0) {
1535 // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
1536 // parenthesized in macro definitions.
1537 ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
1538 Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_no_match)
1539 << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType();
1543 // C11 6.5.1.1p3 "If a generic selection has a generic association with a
1544 // type name that is compatible with the type of the controlling expression,
1545 // then the result expression of the generic selection is the expression
1546 // in that generic association. Otherwise, the result expression of the
1547 // generic selection is the expression in the default generic association."
1548 unsigned ResultIndex =
1549 CompatIndices.size() ? CompatIndices[0] : DefaultIndex;
1551 return new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr(
1552 Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, Types, Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1553 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, ResultIndex);
1556 /// getUDSuffixLoc - Create a SourceLocation for a ud-suffix, given the
1557 /// location of the token and the offset of the ud-suffix within it.
1558 static SourceLocation getUDSuffixLoc(Sema &S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
1560 return Lexer::AdvanceToTokenCharacter(TokLoc, Offset, S.getSourceManager(),
1564 /// BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall - A user-defined literal was found. Look up
1565 /// the corresponding cooked (non-raw) literal operator, and build a call to it.
1566 static ExprResult BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(Sema &S, Scope *Scope,
1567 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix,
1568 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc,
1569 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
1570 SourceLocation LitEndLoc) {
1571 assert(Args.size() <= 2 && "too many arguments for literal operator");
1574 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
1575 ArgTy[ArgIdx] = Args[ArgIdx]->getType();
1576 if (ArgTy[ArgIdx]->isArrayType())
1577 ArgTy[ArgIdx] = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(ArgTy[ArgIdx]);
1580 DeclarationName OpName =
1581 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
1582 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
1583 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
1585 LookupResult R(S, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
1586 if (S.LookupLiteralOperator(Scope, R, llvm::makeArrayRef(ArgTy, Args.size()),
1587 /*AllowRaw*/false, /*AllowTemplate*/false,
1588 /*AllowStringTemplate*/false) == Sema::LOLR_Error)
1591 return S.BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, LitEndLoc);
1594 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
1595 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
1596 /// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
1597 /// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
1601 Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, Scope *UDLScope) {
1602 assert(!StringToks.empty() && "Must have at least one string!");
1604 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, PP);
1605 if (Literal.hadError)
1608 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
1609 for (const Token &Tok : StringToks)
1610 StringTokLocs.push_back(Tok.getLocation());
1612 QualType CharTy = Context.CharTy;
1613 StringLiteral::StringKind Kind = StringLiteral::Ascii;
1614 if (Literal.isWide()) {
1615 CharTy = Context.getWideCharType();
1616 Kind = StringLiteral::Wide;
1617 } else if (Literal.isUTF8()) {
1618 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF8;
1619 } else if (Literal.isUTF16()) {
1620 CharTy = Context.Char16Ty;
1621 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF16;
1622 } else if (Literal.isUTF32()) {
1623 CharTy = Context.Char32Ty;
1624 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF32;
1625 } else if (Literal.isPascal()) {
1626 CharTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
1629 QualType CharTyConst = CharTy;
1630 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
1631 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || getLangOpts().ConstStrings)
1632 CharTyConst.addConst();
1634 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
1635 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
1637 QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(CharTyConst,
1638 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
1639 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1641 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: a string literal is in the constant address space.
1642 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
1643 StrTy = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(StrTy, LangAS::opencl_constant);
1646 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
1647 StringLiteral *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
1648 Kind, Literal.Pascal, StrTy,
1650 StringTokLocs.size());
1651 if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty())
1654 // We're building a user-defined literal.
1655 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
1656 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
1657 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, StringTokLocs[Literal.getUDSuffixToken()],
1658 Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
1660 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
1662 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_string_udl));
1664 // C++11 [lex.ext]p5: The literal L is treated as a call of the form
1665 // operator "" X (str, len)
1666 QualType SizeType = Context.getSizeType();
1668 DeclarationName OpName =
1669 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
1670 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
1671 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
1673 QualType ArgTy[] = {
1674 Context.getArrayDecayedType(StrTy), SizeType
1677 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1678 switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, ArgTy,
1679 /*AllowRaw*/false, /*AllowTemplate*/false,
1680 /*AllowStringTemplate*/true)) {
1683 llvm::APInt Len(Context.getIntWidth(SizeType), Literal.GetNumStringChars());
1684 IntegerLiteral *LenArg = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Len, SizeType,
1686 Expr *Args[] = { Lit, LenArg };
1688 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, StringTokLocs.back());
1691 case LOLR_StringTemplate: {
1692 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs;
1694 unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(CharTy);
1695 bool CharIsUnsigned = CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType();
1696 llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned);
1698 TemplateArgument TypeArg(CharTy);
1699 TemplateArgumentLocInfo TypeArgInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharTy));
1700 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(TypeArg, TypeArgInfo));
1702 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Lit->getLength(); I != N; ++I) {
1703 Value = Lit->getCodeUnit(I);
1704 TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, CharTy);
1705 TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo;
1706 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo));
1708 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, StringTokLocs.back(),
1713 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
1717 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
1721 Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
1723 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
1724 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(D->getDeclName(), Loc);
1725 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, SS);
1728 /// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build an expression that references a
1729 /// declaration that does not require a closure capture.
1731 Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
1732 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1733 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *FoundD,
1734 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1735 bool RefersToCapturedVariable =
1737 NeedToCaptureVariable(cast<VarDecl>(D), NameInfo.getLoc());
1740 if (isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) {
1741 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec =
1742 cast<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D);
1744 E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)
1745 : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
1746 VarSpec->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), D,
1747 RefersToCapturedVariable, NameInfo.getLoc(), Ty, VK,
1748 FoundD, TemplateArgs);
1750 assert(!TemplateArgs && "No template arguments for non-variable"
1751 " template specialization references");
1752 E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)
1753 : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
1754 SourceLocation(), D, RefersToCapturedVariable,
1755 NameInfo, Ty, VK, FoundD);
1758 MarkDeclRefReferenced(E);
1760 if (getLangOpts().ObjCWeak && isa<VarDecl>(D) &&
1761 Ty.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak &&
1762 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, E->getLocStart()))
1763 recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(E);
1765 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1766 UnusedPrivateFields.remove(FD);
1767 // Just in case we're building an illegal pointer-to-member.
1768 if (FD->isBitField())
1769 E->setObjectKind(OK_BitField);
1772 // C++ [expr.prim]/8: The expression [...] is a bit-field if the identifier
1773 // designates a bit-field.
1774 if (auto *BD = dyn_cast<BindingDecl>(D))
1775 if (auto *BE = BD->getBinding())
1776 E->setObjectKind(BE->getObjectKind());
1781 /// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationNameInfo, its location, and
1782 /// possibly a list of template arguments.
1784 /// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
1785 /// DecomposeTemplateName.
1787 /// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
1788 /// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
1791 Sema::DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
1792 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
1793 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1794 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
1795 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
1796 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
1797 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
1799 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
1800 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
1801 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
1803 TemplateName TName = Id.TemplateId->Template.get();
1804 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
1805 NameInfo = Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
1806 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
1808 NameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
1809 TemplateArgs = nullptr;
1813 static void emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic(
1814 const TypoCorrection &TC, Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1815 DeclarationName Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1816 unsigned DiagnosticID, unsigned DiagnosticSuggestID) {
1818 SS.isEmpty() ? nullptr : SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
1820 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
1821 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
1823 SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Typo << Ctx
1826 SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, DiagnosticID) << Typo;
1830 std::string CorrectedStr = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
1831 bool DroppedSpecifier =
1832 TC.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Typo.getAsString() == CorrectedStr;
1833 unsigned NoteID = TC.getCorrectionDeclAs<ImplicitParamDecl>()
1834 ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl
1835 : diag::note_previous_decl;
1837 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(DiagnosticSuggestID) << Typo,
1838 SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID));
1840 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest)
1841 << Typo << Ctx << DroppedSpecifier
1843 SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID));
1846 /// Diagnose an empty lookup.
1848 /// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
1850 Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
1851 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
1852 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1853 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, TypoExpr **Out) {
1854 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
1856 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
1857 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
1858 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
1859 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
1860 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
1861 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
1862 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
1865 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
1866 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
1867 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
1869 DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty() ? CurContext : nullptr;
1871 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
1872 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1875 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
1876 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1878 // During a default argument instantiation the CurContext points
1879 // to a CXXMethodDecl; but we can't apply a this-> fixit inside a
1880 // function parameter list, hence add an explicit check.
1881 bool isDefaultArgument = !ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1882 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.back().Kind ==
1883 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation;
1884 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
1885 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
1886 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
1887 DC == CurMethod->getParent() && !isDefaultArgument;
1889 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
1890 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
1891 // Actually quite difficult!
1892 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
1893 diagnostic = diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup;
1895 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
1896 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
1897 CheckCXXThisCapture(R.getNameLoc());
1899 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1902 // Do we really want to note all of these?
1903 for (NamedDecl *D : R)
1904 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
1906 // Return true if we are inside a default argument instantiation
1907 // and the found name refers to an instance member function, otherwise
1908 // the function calling DiagnoseEmptyLookup will try to create an
1909 // implicit member call and this is wrong for default argument.
1910 if (isDefaultArgument && ((*R.begin())->isCXXInstanceMember())) {
1911 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_member_call_without_object);
1915 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
1922 // In Microsoft mode, if we are performing lookup from within a friend
1923 // function definition declared at class scope then we must set
1924 // DC to the lexical parent to be able to search into the parent
1926 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) &&
1927 cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)->getFriendObjectKind() &&
1928 DC->getLexicalParent()->isRecord())
1929 DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1931 DC = DC->getParent();
1934 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
1935 TypoCorrection Corrected;
1937 SourceLocation TypoLoc = R.getNameLoc();
1938 assert(!ExplicitTemplateArgs &&
1939 "Diagnosing an empty lookup with explicit template args!");
1940 *Out = CorrectTypoDelayed(
1941 R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(), S, &SS, std::move(CCC),
1942 [=](const TypoCorrection &TC) {
1943 emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic(TC, *this, SS, Name, TypoLoc, Args,
1944 diagnostic, diagnostic_suggest);
1946 nullptr, CTK_ErrorRecovery);
1949 } else if (S && (Corrected =
1950 CorrectTypo(R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(), S,
1951 &SS, std::move(CCC), CTK_ErrorRecovery))) {
1952 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
1953 bool DroppedSpecifier =
1954 Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Name.getAsString() == CorrectedStr;
1955 R.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
1957 bool AcceptableWithRecovery = false;
1958 bool AcceptableWithoutRecovery = false;
1959 NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
1961 if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) {
1962 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(R.getNameLoc(),
1963 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
1964 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1965 for (NamedDecl *CD : Corrected) {
1966 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD =
1967 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(CD))
1968 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
1969 FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, AS_none), ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1971 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CD))
1972 if (!ExplicitTemplateArgs || ExplicitTemplateArgs->size() == 0)
1973 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none),
1976 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
1978 ND = Best->FoundDecl;
1979 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
1982 // FIXME: Arbitrarily pick the first declaration for the note.
1983 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
1988 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
1989 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
1990 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) {
1991 const Type *Ty = Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()->getAsType();
1992 Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1995 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
1996 ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
1997 R.setNamingClass(Record);
2000 auto *UnderlyingND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
2001 AcceptableWithRecovery = isa<ValueDecl>(UnderlyingND) ||
2002 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(UnderlyingND);
2003 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
2004 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
2005 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
2006 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
2007 // to recover well anyway.
2008 AcceptableWithoutRecovery =
2009 isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingND);
2011 // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it
2012 // because we aren't able to recover.
2013 AcceptableWithoutRecovery = true;
2016 if (AcceptableWithRecovery || AcceptableWithoutRecovery) {
2017 unsigned NoteID = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ImplicitParamDecl>()
2018 ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl
2019 : diag::note_previous_decl;
2021 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diagnostic_suggest) << Name,
2022 PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery);
2024 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2025 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2026 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange(),
2027 PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery);
2029 // Tell the callee whether to try to recover.
2030 return !AcceptableWithRecovery;
2035 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
2036 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
2037 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
2038 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
2039 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2044 // Give up, we can't recover.
2045 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
2049 /// In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class whose parent class has
2050 /// dependent base classes, and we can't resolve an unqualified identifier, then
2051 /// assume the identifier is a member of a dependent base class. We can only
2052 /// recover successfully in static methods, instance methods, and other contexts
2053 /// where 'this' is available. This doesn't precisely match MSVC's
2054 /// instantiation model, but it's close enough.
2056 recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context,
2057 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2058 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2059 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2060 // Only try to recover from lookup into dependent bases in static methods or
2061 // contexts where 'this' is available.
2062 QualType ThisType = S.getCurrentThisType();
2063 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
2064 if (!ThisType.isNull())
2065 RD = ThisType->getPointeeType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
2066 else if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(S.CurContext))
2067 RD = MD->getParent();
2068 if (!RD || !RD->hasAnyDependentBases())
2071 // Diagnose this as unqualified lookup into a dependent base class. If 'this'
2072 // is available, suggest inserting 'this->' as a fixit.
2073 SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc();
2074 auto DB = S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base);
2075 DB << NameInfo.getName() << RD;
2077 if (!ThisType.isNull()) {
2078 DB << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "this->");
2079 return CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(
2080 Context, /*This=*/nullptr, ThisType, /*IsArrow=*/true,
2081 /*Op=*/SourceLocation(), NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), TemplateKWLoc,
2082 /*FirstQualifierInScope=*/nullptr, NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
2085 // Synthesize a fake NNS that points to the derived class. This will
2086 // perform name lookup during template instantiation.
2089 NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, true, RD->getTypeForDecl());
2090 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(Loc, Loc));
2091 return DependentScopeDeclRefExpr::Create(
2092 Context, SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2097 Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2098 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, UnqualifiedId &Id,
2099 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
2100 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2101 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier, Token *KeywordReplacement) {
2102 assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
2103 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
2107 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
2109 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
2110 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
2111 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
2112 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Id, TemplateArgsBuffer, NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
2114 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
2115 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2116 SourceLocation NameLoc = NameInfo.getLoc();
2118 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
2119 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
2120 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
2121 // (note: handled after lookup)
2122 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
2123 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
2124 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
2125 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
2126 // names a dependent type.
2127 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
2128 // we need to handle these differently.
2129 bool DependentID = false;
2130 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
2131 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) {
2133 } else if (SS.isSet()) {
2134 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) {
2135 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
2143 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2144 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2146 // Perform the required lookup.
2147 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo,
2148 (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam)
2149 ? LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam : LookupOrdinaryName);
2151 // Lookup the template name again to correctly establish the context in
2152 // which it was found. This is really unfortunate as we already did the
2153 // lookup to determine that it was a template name in the first place. If
2154 // this becomes a performance hit, we can work harder to preserve those
2155 // results until we get here but it's likely not worth it.
2156 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
2157 LookupTemplateName(R, S, SS, QualType(), /*EnteringContext=*/false,
2158 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
2160 if (MemberOfUnknownSpecialization ||
2161 (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation))
2162 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2163 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2165 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = II && !SS.isSet() && getCurMethodDecl();
2166 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
2168 // If the result might be in a dependent base class, this is a dependent
2170 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
2171 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2172 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2174 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
2175 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
2176 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
2177 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
2181 if (Expr *Ex = E.getAs<Expr>())
2186 if (R.isAmbiguous())
2189 // This could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal in C90,
2190 // extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
2191 if (R.empty() && HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2192 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
2193 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
2196 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
2197 // argument-dependent lookup.
2198 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
2200 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
2201 if (SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
2202 if (Expr *E = recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(*this, Context, NameInfo,
2203 TemplateKWLoc, TemplateArgs))
2207 // Don't diagnose an empty lookup for inline assembly.
2208 if (IsInlineAsmIdentifier)
2211 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
2212 // call, diagnose the problem.
2213 TypoExpr *TE = nullptr;
2214 auto DefaultValidator = llvm::make_unique<CorrectionCandidateCallback>(
2215 II, SS.isValid() ? SS.getScopeRep() : nullptr);
2216 DefaultValidator->IsAddressOfOperand = IsAddressOfOperand;
2217 assert((!CCC || CCC->IsAddressOfOperand == IsAddressOfOperand) &&
2218 "Typo correction callback misconfigured");
2220 // Make sure the callback knows what the typo being diagnosed is.
2221 CCC->setTypoName(II);
2223 CCC->setTypoNNS(SS.getScopeRep());
2225 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R,
2226 CCC ? std::move(CCC) : std::move(DefaultValidator),
2227 nullptr, None, &TE)) {
2228 if (TE && KeywordReplacement) {
2229 auto &State = getTypoExprState(TE);
2230 auto BestTC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection();
2231 if (BestTC.isKeyword()) {
2232 auto *II = BestTC.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
2233 if (State.DiagHandler)
2234 State.DiagHandler(BestTC);
2235 KeywordReplacement->startToken();
2236 KeywordReplacement->setKind(II->getTokenID());
2237 KeywordReplacement->setIdentifierInfo(II);
2238 KeywordReplacement->setLocation(BestTC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin());
2239 // Clean up the state associated with the TypoExpr, since it has
2240 // now been diagnosed (without a call to CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr).
2241 clearDelayedTypo(TE);
2242 // Signal that a correction to a keyword was performed by returning a
2243 // valid-but-null ExprResult.
2244 return (Expr*)nullptr;
2246 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
2248 return TE ? TE : ExprError();
2251 assert(!R.empty() &&
2252 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
2254 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
2255 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
2256 // reference the ivar.
2257 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
2259 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
2260 // In a hopelessly buggy code, Objective-C instance variable
2261 // lookup fails and no expression will be built to reference it.
2262 if (!E.isInvalid() && !E.get())
2268 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
2269 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
2271 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
2272 // C++ [class.mfct.non-static]p3:
2273 // When an id-expression that is not part of a class member access
2274 // syntax and not used to form a pointer to member is used in the
2275 // body of a non-static member function of class X, if name lookup
2276 // resolves the name in the id-expression to a non-static non-type
2277 // member of some class C, the id-expression is transformed into a
2278 // class member access expression using (*this) as the
2279 // postfix-expression to the left of the . operator.
2281 // But we don't actually need to do this for '&' operands if R
2282 // resolved to a function or overloaded function set, because the
2283 // expression is ill-formed if it actually works out to be a
2284 // non-static member function:
2286 // C++ [expr.ref]p4:
2287 // Otherwise, if E1.E2 refers to a non-static member function. . .
2288 // [t]he expression can be used only as the left-hand operand of a
2289 // member function call.
2291 // There are other safeguards against such uses, but it's important
2292 // to get this right here so that we don't end up making a
2293 // spuriously dependent expression if we're inside a dependent
2295 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
2296 bool MightBeImplicitMember;
2297 if (!IsAddressOfOperand)
2298 MightBeImplicitMember = true;
2299 else if (!SS.isEmpty())
2300 MightBeImplicitMember = false;
2301 else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
2302 MightBeImplicitMember = false;
2303 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
2304 MightBeImplicitMember = true;
2306 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) ||
2307 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) ||
2308 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());
2310 if (MightBeImplicitMember)
2311 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc,
2312 R, TemplateArgs, S);
2315 if (TemplateArgs || TemplateKWLoc.isValid()) {
2317 // In C++1y, if this is a variable template id, then check it
2318 // in BuildTemplateIdExpr().
2319 // The single lookup result must be a variable template declaration.
2320 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && Id.TemplateId &&
2321 Id.TemplateId->Kind == TNK_Var_template) {
2322 assert(R.getAsSingle<VarTemplateDecl>() &&
2323 "There should only be one declaration found.");
2326 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, ADL, TemplateArgs);
2329 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
2332 /// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
2333 /// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
2334 /// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
2336 ExprResult Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(
2337 CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2338 bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI) {
2339 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2341 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2342 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
2344 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
2347 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
2348 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
2350 if (R.isAmbiguous())
2353 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
2354 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2355 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
2358 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
2359 << NameInfo.getName() << DC << SS.getRange();
2363 if (const TypeDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
2364 // Diagnose a missing typename if this resolved unambiguously to a type in
2365 // a dependent context. If we can recover with a type, downgrade this to
2366 // a warning in Microsoft compatibility mode.
2367 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
2368 if (RecoveryTSI && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
2369 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
2370 SourceLocation Loc = SS.getBeginLoc();
2371 auto D = Diag(Loc, DiagID);
2372 D << SS.getScopeRep() << NameInfo.getName().getAsString()
2373 << SourceRange(Loc, NameInfo.getEndLoc());
2375 // Don't recover if the caller isn't expecting us to or if we're in a SFINAE
2380 // Only issue the fixit if we're prepared to recover.
2381 D << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "typename ");
2383 // Recover by pretending this was an elaborated type.
2384 QualType Ty = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
2386 TLB.pushTypeSpec(Ty).setNameLoc(NameInfo.getLoc());
2388 QualType ET = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, Ty);
2389 ElaboratedTypeLoc QTL = TLB.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(ET);
2390 QTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
2391 QTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
2393 *RecoveryTSI = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, ET);
2398 // Defend against this resolving to an implicit member access. We usually
2399 // won't get here if this might be a legitimate a class member (we end up in
2400 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr instead), but this can be valid if we're forming
2401 // a pointer-to-member or in an unevaluated context in C++11.
2402 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember() && !IsAddressOfOperand)
2403 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS,
2404 /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2405 R, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr, S);
2407 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /* ADL */ false);
2410 /// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
2411 /// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
2412 /// additional lookup.
2414 /// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
2415 /// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
2417 /// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
2419 Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
2420 IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
2421 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
2422 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
2424 // Check for error condition which is already reported.
2428 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
2429 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
2430 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
2431 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
2432 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
2434 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
2435 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
2436 // ivar, that's an error.
2437 bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod();
2441 LookForIvars = true;
2442 else if (IsClassMethod)
2443 LookForIvars = false;
2445 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
2446 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
2447 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr;
2449 IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
2450 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2451 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = nullptr;
2452 if (IFace && (IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared))) {
2453 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
2455 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
2456 << IV->getDeclName());
2458 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
2459 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
2460 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2463 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
2464 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
2467 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
2468 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
2469 !declaresSameEntity(ClassDeclared, IFace) &&
2470 !getLangOpts().DebuggerSupport)
2471 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2473 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
2474 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
2475 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
2476 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
2477 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
2478 SelfName.setKind(UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam);
2479 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
2480 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
2481 ExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec, TemplateKWLoc,
2482 SelfName, false, false);
2483 if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
2486 SelfExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(SelfExpr.get());
2487 if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
2490 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, IV, true);
2492 ObjCMethodFamily MF = CurMethod->getMethodFamily();
2493 if (MF != OMF_init && MF != OMF_dealloc && MF != OMF_finalize &&
2494 !IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(IFace, CurMethod, IV))
2495 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_direct_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2497 ObjCIvarRefExpr *Result = new (Context)
2498 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getUsageType(SelfExpr.get()->getType()), Loc,
2499 IV->getLocation(), SelfExpr.get(), true, true);
2501 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
2502 if (IV->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
2503 if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc))
2504 recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(Result);
2506 if (CurContext->isClosure())
2507 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self)
2508 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "self->");
2513 } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
2514 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
2515 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) {
2516 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2517 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
2518 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
2519 declaresSameEntity(IFace, ClassDeclared))
2520 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
2523 } else if (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
2524 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
2525 // If accessing a stand-alone ivar in a class method, this is an error.
2526 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Lookup.getFoundDecl()))
2527 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
2528 << IV->getDeclName());
2531 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
2532 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
2533 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
2534 if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2535 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
2536 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
2537 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
2538 Lookup.getNameLoc());
2539 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
2543 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
2544 return ExprResult((Expr *)nullptr);
2547 /// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
2549 /// Logically this happens in three phases:
2551 /// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
2552 /// The naming class is the class into which we were looking
2553 /// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a
2554 /// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
2556 /// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
2557 /// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
2558 /// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's
2559 /// the class declaring the member.
2561 /// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
2562 /// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not
2563 /// obey access control.
2565 Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2566 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2567 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2568 NamedDecl *Member) {
2569 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
2573 QualType DestRecordType;
2575 QualType FromRecordType;
2576 QualType FromType = From->getType();
2577 bool PointerConversions = false;
2578 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
2579 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
2581 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2582 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
2583 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
2584 PointerConversions = true;
2586 DestType = DestRecordType;
2587 FromRecordType = FromType;
2589 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
2590 if (Method->isStatic())
2593 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2594 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
2596 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2597 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
2598 PointerConversions = true;
2600 FromRecordType = FromType;
2601 DestType = DestRecordType;
2604 // No conversion necessary.
2608 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
2611 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
2612 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
2615 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
2616 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
2618 ExprValueKind VK = From->getValueKind();
2620 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
2621 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
2624 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
2625 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
2626 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
2627 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
2629 // class Base { public: int x; };
2630 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
2631 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
2632 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
2634 // void VeryDerived::f() {
2635 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
2636 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
2638 if (Qualifier && Qualifier->getAsType()) {
2639 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
2640 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");
2642 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
2644 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
2645 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
2646 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
2647 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromLoc, FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
2648 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2649 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
2650 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
2653 if (PointerConversions)
2654 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
2655 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2656 VK, &BasePath).get();
2659 FromRecordType = QRecordType;
2661 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
2663 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
2668 bool IgnoreAccess = false;
2670 // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
2671 // down to the using declaration's type.
2673 // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
2674 // class ever has member declarations.
2675 if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
2676 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
2677 QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
2678 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));
2680 // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
2681 // conversion is non-trivial.
2682 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
2683 assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromLoc, FromRecordType, URecordType));
2684 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2685 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
2686 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
2689 QualType UType = URecordType;
2690 if (PointerConversions)
2691 UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
2692 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2693 VK, &BasePath).get();
2695 FromRecordType = URecordType;
2698 // We don't do access control for the conversion from the
2699 // declaring class to the true declaring class.
2700 IgnoreAccess = true;
2703 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2704 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, DestRecordType,
2705 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath,
2709 return ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2713 bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2714 const LookupResult &R,
2715 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2716 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
2717 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
2720 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
2724 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
2725 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2728 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
2730 for (NamedDecl *D : R) {
2731 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2732 // -- a declaration of a class member
2733 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
2735 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
2738 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2739 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
2740 // using-declaration
2741 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
2742 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
2743 // turn off ADL anyway).
2744 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2745 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
2746 else if (D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2749 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2750 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
2752 // And also for builtin functions.
2753 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2754 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
2756 // But also builtin functions.
2757 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
2759 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
2767 /// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
2768 /// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
2769 /// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
2770 /// will in fact be used.
2771 static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
2772 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
2773 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
2777 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
2778 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
2782 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
2783 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
2790 ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2791 LookupResult &R, bool NeedsADL,
2792 bool AcceptInvalidDecl) {
2793 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
2794 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
2795 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
2796 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getFoundDecl(),
2797 R.getRepresentativeDecl(), nullptr,
2800 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
2801 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
2802 // functions and function templates.
2803 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
2804 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
2807 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
2808 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
2809 // we've picked a target.
2810 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2812 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
2813 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, R.getNamingClass(),
2814 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
2815 R.getLookupNameInfo(),
2816 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult(),
2817 R.begin(), R.end());
2823 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
2824 ValueDecl *var, DeclContext *DC);
2826 /// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
2827 ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
2828 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
2829 NamedDecl *FoundD, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
2830 bool AcceptInvalidDecl) {
2831 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
2832 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
2833 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
2835 SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc();
2836 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
2839 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
2840 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
2841 // a template argument list.
2842 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref) << (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(D) ? 1 : 0)
2843 << Template << SS.getRange();
2844 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
2848 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
2849 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
2851 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
2852 << D << SS.getRange();
2853 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
2857 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
2858 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
2859 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
2860 // that overload resolution actually selects.
2861 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
2864 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
2865 if (VD->isInvalidDecl() && !AcceptInvalidDecl)
2868 // Handle members of anonymous structs and unions. If we got here,
2869 // and the reference is to a class member indirect field, then this
2870 // must be the subject of a pointer-to-member expression.
2871 if (IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2872 if (!indirectField->isCXXClassMember())
2873 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SS, NameInfo.getLoc(),
2877 QualType type = VD->getType();
2878 ExprValueKind valueKind = VK_RValue;
2880 switch (D->getKind()) {
2881 // Ignore all the non-ValueDecl kinds.
2882 #define ABSTRACT_DECL(kind)
2883 #define VALUE(type, base)
2884 #define DECL(type, base) \
2886 #include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc"
2887 llvm_unreachable("invalid value decl kind");
2889 // These shouldn't make it here.
2890 case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField:
2891 case Decl::ObjCIvar:
2892 llvm_unreachable("forming non-member reference to ivar?");
2894 // Enum constants are always r-values and never references.
2895 // Unresolved using declarations are dependent.
2896 case Decl::EnumConstant:
2897 case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
2898 case Decl::OMPDeclareReduction:
2899 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2902 // Fields and indirect fields that got here must be for
2903 // pointer-to-member expressions; we just call them l-values for
2904 // internal consistency, because this subexpression doesn't really
2905 // exist in the high-level semantics.
2907 case Decl::IndirectField:
2908 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2909 "building reference to field in C?");
2911 // These can't have reference type in well-formed programs, but
2912 // for internal consistency we do this anyway.
2913 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
2914 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2917 // Non-type template parameters are either l-values or r-values
2918 // depending on the type.
2919 case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: {
2920 if (const ReferenceType *reftype = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
2921 type = reftype->getPointeeType();
2922 valueKind = VK_LValue; // even if the parameter is an r-value reference
2926 // For non-references, we need to strip qualifiers just in case
2927 // the template parameter was declared as 'const int' or whatever.
2928 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2929 type = type.getUnqualifiedType();
2934 case Decl::VarTemplateSpecialization:
2935 case Decl::VarTemplatePartialSpecialization:
2936 case Decl::Decomposition:
2937 case Decl::OMPCapturedExpr:
2938 // In C, "extern void blah;" is valid and is an r-value.
2939 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2940 !type.hasQualifiers() &&
2941 type->isVoidType()) {
2942 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2947 case Decl::ImplicitParam:
2948 case Decl::ParmVar: {
2949 // These are always l-values.
2950 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2951 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
2953 // FIXME: Does the addition of const really only apply in
2954 // potentially-evaluated contexts? Since the variable isn't actually
2955 // captured in an unevaluated context, it seems that the answer is no.
2956 if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) {
2957 QualType CapturedType = getCapturedDeclRefType(cast<VarDecl>(VD), Loc);
2958 if (!CapturedType.isNull())
2959 type = CapturedType;
2965 case Decl::Binding: {
2966 // These are always lvalues.
2967 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2968 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
2969 // FIXME: Support lambda-capture of BindingDecls, once CWG actually
2970 // decides how that's supposed to work.
2971 auto *BD = cast<BindingDecl>(VD);
2972 if (BD->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
2973 BD->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
2974 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(*this, Loc, BD, CurContext);
2978 case Decl::Function: {
2979 if (unsigned BID = cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->getBuiltinID()) {
2980 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
2981 type = Context.BuiltinFnTy;
2982 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2987 const FunctionType *fty = type->castAs<FunctionType>();
2989 // If we're referring to a function with an __unknown_anytype
2990 // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
2991 if (fty->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
2992 type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
2993 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2997 // Functions are l-values in C++.
2998 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2999 valueKind = VK_LValue;
3003 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
3004 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
3005 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
3006 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
3008 if (!cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->hasPrototype() &&
3009 isa<FunctionProtoType>(fty))
3010 type = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(fty->getReturnType(),
3013 // Functions are r-values in C.
3014 valueKind = VK_RValue;
3018 case Decl::MSProperty:
3019 valueKind = VK_LValue;
3022 case Decl::CXXMethod:
3023 // If we're referring to a method with an __unknown_anytype
3024 // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
3025 // This should only be possible with a type written directly.
3026 if (const FunctionProtoType *proto
3027 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(VD->getType()))
3028 if (proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
3029 type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
3030 valueKind = VK_RValue;
3034 // C++ methods are l-values if static, r-values if non-static.
3035 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isStatic()) {
3036 valueKind = VK_LValue;
3041 case Decl::CXXConversion:
3042 case Decl::CXXDestructor:
3043 case Decl::CXXConstructor:
3044 valueKind = VK_RValue;
3048 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, type, valueKind, NameInfo, &SS, FoundD,
3053 static void ConvertUTF8ToWideString(unsigned CharByteWidth, StringRef Source,
3054 SmallString<32> &Target) {
3055 Target.resize(CharByteWidth * (Source.size() + 1));
3056 char *ResultPtr = &Target[0];
3057 const llvm::UTF8 *ErrorPtr;
3059 llvm::ConvertUTF8toWide(CharByteWidth, Source, ResultPtr, ErrorPtr);
3062 Target.resize(ResultPtr - &Target[0]);
3065 ExprResult Sema::BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
3066 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT) {
3067 // Pick the current block, lambda, captured statement or function.
3068 Decl *currentDecl = nullptr;
3069 if (const BlockScopeInfo *BSI = getCurBlock())
3070 currentDecl = BSI->TheDecl;
3071 else if (const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda())
3072 currentDecl = LSI->CallOperator;
3073 else if (const CapturedRegionScopeInfo *CSI = getCurCapturedRegion())
3074 currentDecl = CSI->TheCapturedDecl;
3076 currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
3079 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
3080 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
3084 StringLiteral *SL = nullptr;
3085 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext())
3086 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
3088 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of
3090 auto Str = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl);
3091 unsigned Length = Str.length();
3093 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
3094 if (IT == PredefinedExpr::LFunction) {
3095 ResTy = Context.WideCharTy.withConst();
3096 SmallString<32> RawChars;
3097 ConvertUTF8ToWideString(Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ResTy).getQuantity(),
3099 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal,
3100 /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0);
3101 SL = StringLiteral::Create(Context, RawChars, StringLiteral::Wide,
3102 /*Pascal*/ false, ResTy, Loc);
3104 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
3105 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal,
3106 /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0);
3107 SL = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Str, StringLiteral::Ascii,
3108 /*Pascal*/ false, ResTy, Loc);
3112 return new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT, SL);
3115 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3116 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
3119 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown simple primary expr!");
3120 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
3121 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
3122 case tok::kw___FUNCDNAME__: IT = PredefinedExpr::FuncDName; break; // [MS]
3123 case tok::kw___FUNCSIG__: IT = PredefinedExpr::FuncSig; break; // [MS]
3124 case tok::kw_L__FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::LFunction; break;
3125 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
3128 return BuildPredefinedExpr(Loc, IT);
3131 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) {
3132 SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
3133 bool Invalid = false;
3134 StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
3138 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
3140 if (Literal.hadError())
3144 if (Literal.isWide())
3145 Ty = Context.WideCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C and C++.
3146 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
3147 Ty = Context.Char16Ty; // u'x' -> char16_t in C11 and C++11.
3148 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
3149 Ty = Context.Char32Ty; // U'x' -> char32_t in C11 and C++11.
3150 else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Literal.isMultiChar())
3151 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' -> int in C, 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
3153 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
3155 CharacterLiteral::CharacterKind Kind = CharacterLiteral::Ascii;
3156 if (Literal.isWide())
3157 Kind = CharacterLiteral::Wide;
3158 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
3159 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF16;
3160 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
3161 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF32;
3162 else if (Literal.isUTF8())
3163 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF8;
3165 Expr *Lit = new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(), Kind, Ty,
3168 if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty())
3171 // We're building a user-defined literal.
3172 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
3173 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
3174 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
3176 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
3178 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_character_udl));
3180 // C++11 [lex.ext]p6: The literal L is treated as a call of the form
3181 // operator "" X (ch)
3182 return BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(*this, UDLScope, UDSuffix, UDSuffixLoc,
3183 Lit, Tok.getLocation());
3186 ExprResult Sema::ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val) {
3187 unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
3188 return IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val),
3189 Context.IntTy, Loc);
3192 static Expr *BuildFloatingLiteral(Sema &S, NumericLiteralParser &Literal,
3193 QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) {
3194 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
3196 using llvm::APFloat;
3197 APFloat Val(Format);
3199 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
3201 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
3202 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
3203 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
3204 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
3205 unsigned diagnostic;
3206 SmallString<20> buffer;
3207 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
3208 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
3209 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
3211 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
3212 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
3215 S.Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
3217 << StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
3220 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
3221 return FloatingLiteral::Create(S.Context, Val, isExact, Ty, Loc);
3224 bool Sema::CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
3225 assert(E && "Invalid expression");
3227 if (E->isValueDependent())
3230 QualType QT = E->getType();
3231 if (!QT->isIntegerType() || QT->isBooleanType() || QT->isCharType()) {
3232 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_type) << QT;
3236 llvm::APSInt ValueAPS;
3237 ExprResult R = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, &ValueAPS);
3242 bool ValueIsPositive = ValueAPS.isStrictlyPositive();
3243 if (!ValueIsPositive || ValueAPS.getActiveBits() > 31) {
3244 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_value)
3245 << ValueAPS.toString(10) << ValueIsPositive;
3252 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) {
3253 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
3254 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or suffix.
3255 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
3256 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
3257 return ActOnIntegerConstant(Tok.getLocation(), Val-'0');
3260 SmallString<128> SpellingBuffer;
3261 // NumericLiteralParser wants to overread by one character. Add padding to
3262 // the buffer in case the token is copied to the buffer. If getSpelling()
3263 // returns a StringRef to the memory buffer, it should have a null char at
3264 // the EOF, so it is also safe.
3265 SpellingBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength() + 1);
3267 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
3268 bool Invalid = false;
3269 StringRef TokSpelling = PP.getSpelling(Tok, SpellingBuffer, &Invalid);
3273 NumericLiteralParser Literal(TokSpelling, Tok.getLocation(), PP);
3274 if (Literal.hadError)
3277 if (Literal.hasUDSuffix()) {
3278 // We're building a user-defined literal.
3279 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
3280 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
3281 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
3283 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
3285 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_numeric_udl));
3288 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3289 // C++11 [lex.ext]p4: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type
3290 // long double, the literal is treated as a call of the form
3291 // operator "" X (f L)
3292 CookedTy = Context.LongDoubleTy;
3294 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type
3295 // unsigned long long, the literal is treated as a call of the form
3296 // operator "" X (n ULL)
3297 CookedTy = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3300 DeclarationName OpName =
3301 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
3302 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
3303 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
3305 SourceLocation TokLoc = Tok.getLocation();
3307 // Perform literal operator lookup to determine if we're building a raw
3308 // literal or a cooked one.
3309 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
3310 switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, CookedTy,
3311 /*AllowRaw*/true, /*AllowTemplate*/true,
3312 /*AllowStringTemplate*/false)) {
3318 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3319 Lit = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, CookedTy, Tok.getLocation());
3321 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(), 0);
3322 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal))
3323 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large)
3324 << /* Unsigned */ 1;
3325 Lit = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, CookedTy,
3328 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc);
3332 // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a raw literal operator, the
3333 // literal is treated as a call of the form
3334 // operator "" X ("n")
3335 unsigned Length = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset();
3336 QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(
3337 Context.CharTy.withConst(), llvm::APInt(32, Length + 1),
3338 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
3339 Expr *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(
3340 Context, StringRef(TokSpelling.data(), Length), StringLiteral::Ascii,
3341 /*Pascal*/false, StrTy, &TokLoc, 1);
3342 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc);
3345 case LOLR_Template: {
3346 // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: Otherwise (S contains a literal operator
3347 // template), L is treated as a call fo the form
3348 // operator "" X <'c1', 'c2', ... 'ck'>()
3349 // where n is the source character sequence c1 c2 ... ck.
3350 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs;
3351 unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(Context.CharTy);
3352 bool CharIsUnsigned = Context.CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3353 llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned);
3354 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset(); I != N; ++I) {
3355 Value = TokSpelling[I];
3356 TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, Context.CharTy);
3357 TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo;
3358 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo));
3360 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, TokLoc,
3363 case LOLR_StringTemplate:
3364 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result");
3370 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3372 if (Literal.isHalf){
3373 if (getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16)
3374 Ty = Context.HalfTy;
3376 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_half_const_requires_fp16);
3379 } else if (Literal.isFloat)
3380 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
3381 else if (Literal.isLong)
3382 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
3383 else if (Literal.isFloat128)
3384 Ty = Context.Float128Ty;
3386 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
3388 Res = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
3390 if (Ty == Context.DoubleTy) {
3391 if (getLangOpts().SinglePrecisionConstants) {
3392 Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3393 } else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
3394 !((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) ||
3395 getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp64)) {
3396 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_double_const_requires_fp64);
3397 Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3400 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
3405 // 'long long' is a C99 or C++11 feature.
3406 if (!getLangOpts().C99 && Literal.isLongLong) {
3407 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3408 Diag(Tok.getLocation(),
3409 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
3410 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_longlong : diag::ext_cxx11_longlong);
3412 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_longlong);
3415 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
3416 unsigned MaxWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntMaxTWidth();
3417 llvm::APInt ResultVal(MaxWidth, 0);
3419 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
3420 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, error and force to ull.
3421 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large)
3422 << /* Unsigned */ 1;
3423 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3424 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
3425 "long long is not intmax_t?");
3427 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
3428 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
3430 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
3431 // be an unsigned int.
3432 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
3434 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
3437 // Microsoft specific integer suffixes are explicitly sized.
3438 if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger) {
3439 if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger == 8 && !Literal.isUnsigned) {
3441 Ty = Context.CharTy;
3443 Width = Literal.MicrosoftInteger;
3444 Ty = Context.getIntTypeForBitwidth(Width,
3445 /*Signed=*/!Literal.isUnsigned);
3449 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
3450 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
3451 unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
3453 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
3454 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
3455 // Does it fit in a signed int?
3456 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
3458 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3459 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
3464 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
3465 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
3466 unsigned LongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
3468 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
3469 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
3470 // Does it fit in a signed long?
3471 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
3472 Ty = Context.LongTy;
3473 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3474 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
3475 // Check according to the rules of C90 6.1.3.2p5. C++03 [lex.icon]p2
3477 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
3478 const unsigned LongLongSize =
3479 Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
3480 Diag(Tok.getLocation(),
3481 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
3483 ? diag::warn_old_implicitly_unsigned_long_cxx
3484 : /*C++98 UB*/ diag::
3485 ext_old_implicitly_unsigned_long_cxx
3486 : diag::warn_old_implicitly_unsigned_long)
3487 << (LongLongSize > LongSize ? /*will have type 'long long'*/ 0
3488 : /*will be ill-formed*/ 1);
3489 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
3495 // Check long long if needed.
3497 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
3499 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
3500 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
3501 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
3502 // To be compatible with MSVC, hex integer literals ending with the
3503 // LL or i64 suffix are always signed in Microsoft mode.
3504 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && (ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0 ||
3505 (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && Literal.isLongLong)))
3506 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
3507 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3508 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3509 Width = LongLongSize;
3513 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
3514 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
3516 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_integer_literal_too_large_for_signed);
3517 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3518 Width = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
3521 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
3522 ResultVal = ResultVal.trunc(Width);
3524 Res = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
3527 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
3528 if (Literal.isImaginary)
3529 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
3530 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
3535 ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E) {
3536 assert(E && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
3537 return new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E);
3540 static bool CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
3542 SourceRange ArgRange) {
3543 // [OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12] "The vec_step built-in function takes a built-in
3544 // scalar or vector data type argument..."
3545 // Every built-in scalar type (OpenCL 1.1 6.1.1) is either an arithmetic
3546 // type (C99 6.2.5p18) or void.
3547 if (!(T->isArithmeticType() || T->isVoidType() || T->isVectorType())) {
3548 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_vecstep_non_scalar_vector_type)
3553 assert((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) &&
3554 "Scalar types should always be complete");
3558 static bool CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
3560 SourceRange ArgRange,
3561 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
3562 // Invalid types must be hard errors for SFINAE in C++.
3563 if (S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
3567 if (T->isFunctionType() &&
3568 (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf || TraitKind == UETT_AlignOf)) {
3569 // sizeof(function)/alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
3570 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
3571 << TraitKind << ArgRange;
3575 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension, unless in OpenCL where
3576 // this is an error (OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.k)
3577 if (T->isVoidType()) {
3578 unsigned DiagID = S.LangOpts.OpenCL ? diag::err_opencl_sizeof_alignof_type
3579 : diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_void_type;
3580 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << TraitKind << ArgRange;
3587 static bool CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(Sema &S, QualType T,
3589 SourceRange ArgRange,
3590 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
3591 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) if the
3592 // runtime doesn't allow it.
3593 if (!S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsSizeofAlignof() && T->isObjCObjectType()) {
3594 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
3595 << T << (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf)
3603 /// \brief Check whether E is a pointer from a decayed array type (the decayed
3604 /// pointer type is equal to T) and emit a warning if it is.
3605 static void warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
3607 // Don't warn if the operation changed the type.
3608 if (T != E->getType())
3611 // Now look for array decays.
3612 ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
3613 if (!ICE || ICE->getCastKind() != CK_ArrayToPointerDecay)
3616 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_sizeof_array_decay) << ICE->getSourceRange()
3618 << ICE->getSubExpr()->getType();
3621 /// \brief Check the constraints on expression operands to unary type expression
3622 /// and type traits.
3624 /// Completes any types necessary and validates the constraints on the operand
3625 /// expression. The logic mostly mirrors the type-based overload, but may modify
3626 /// the expression as it completes the type for that expression through template
3627 /// instantiation, etc.
3628 bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E,
3629 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
3630 QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
3631 assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType());
3633 if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
3634 return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3635 E->getSourceRange());
3637 // Whitelist some types as extensions
3638 if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3639 E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
3642 // 'alignof' applied to an expression only requires the base element type of
3643 // the expression to be complete. 'sizeof' requires the expression's type to
3644 // be complete (and will attempt to complete it if it's an array of unknown
3646 if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) {
3647 if (RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(),
3648 Context.getBaseElementType(E->getType()),
3649 diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type, ExprKind,
3650 E->getSourceRange()))
3653 if (RequireCompleteExprType(E, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type,
3654 ExprKind, E->getSourceRange()))
3658 // Completing the expression's type may have changed it.
3659 ExprTy = E->getType();
3660 assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType());
3662 if (ExprTy->isFunctionType()) {
3663 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
3664 << ExprKind << E->getSourceRange();
3668 // The operand for sizeof and alignof is in an unevaluated expression context,
3669 // so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
3670 if ((ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf || ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) &&
3671 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && E->HasSideEffects(Context, false))
3672 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
3674 if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
3675 E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
3678 if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf) {
3679 if (DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
3680 if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DeclRef->getFoundDecl())) {
3681 QualType OType = PVD->getOriginalType();
3682 QualType Type = PVD->getType();
3683 if (Type->isPointerType() && OType->isArrayType()) {
3684 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_sizeof_array_param)
3686 Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
3691 // Warn on "sizeof(array op x)" and "sizeof(x op array)", where the array
3692 // decays into a pointer and returns an unintended result. This is most
3693 // likely a typo for "sizeof(array) op x".
3694 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
3695 warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(),
3697 warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(),
3705 /// \brief Check the constraints on operands to unary expression and type
3708 /// This will complete any types necessary, and validate the various constraints
3709 /// on those operands.
3711 /// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
3712 /// C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] all state:
3713 /// Except when it is the operand of the sizeof operator ...
3715 /// C++ [expr.sizeof]p4
3716 /// The lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer
3717 /// standard conversions are not applied to the operand of sizeof.
3719 /// This policy is followed for all of the unary trait expressions.
3720 bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType,
3721 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3722 SourceRange ExprRange,
3723 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
3724 if (ExprType->isDependentType())
3727 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2:
3728 // When applied to a reference or a reference type, the result
3729 // is the size of the referenced type.
3730 // C++11 [expr.alignof]p3:
3731 // When alignof is applied to a reference type, the result
3732 // shall be the alignment of the referenced type.
3733 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3734 ExprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
3736 // C11 6.5.3.4/3, C++11 [expr.alignof]p3:
3737 // When alignof or _Alignof is applied to an array type, the result
3738 // is the alignment of the element type.
3739 if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign)
3740 ExprType = Context.getBaseElementType(ExprType);
3742 if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
3743 return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange);
3745 // Whitelist some types as extensions
3746 if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
3750 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, ExprType,
3751 diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type,
3752 ExprKind, ExprRange))
3755 if (ExprType->isFunctionType()) {
3756 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
3757 << ExprKind << ExprRange;
3761 if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
3768 static bool CheckAlignOfExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
3769 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3771 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
3772 if (E->isTypeDependent())
3775 if (E->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) {
3776 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_typeof_bitfield)
3777 << 1 << E->getSourceRange();
3781 ValueDecl *D = nullptr;
3782 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3784 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
3785 D = ME->getMemberDecl();
3788 // If it's a field, require the containing struct to have a
3789 // complete definition so that we can compute the layout.
3791 // This can happen in C++11 onwards, either by naming the member
3792 // in a way that is not transformed into a member access expression
3793 // (in an unevaluated operand, for instance), or by naming the member
3794 // in a trailing-return-type.
3796 // For the record, since __alignof__ on expressions is a GCC
3797 // extension, GCC seems to permit this but always gives the
3798 // nonsensical answer 0.
3800 // We don't really need the layout here --- we could instead just
3801 // directly check for all the appropriate alignment-lowing
3802 // attributes --- but that would require duplicating a lot of
3803 // logic that just isn't worth duplicating for such a marginal
3805 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(D)) {
3806 // Fast path this check, since we at least know the record has a
3807 // definition if we can find a member of it.
3808 if (!FD->getParent()->isCompleteDefinition()) {
3809 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_alignof_member_of_incomplete_type)
3810 << E->getSourceRange();
3814 // Otherwise, if it's a field, and the field doesn't have
3815 // reference type, then it must have a complete type (or be a
3816 // flexible array member, which we explicitly want to
3817 // white-list anyway), which makes the following checks trivial.
3818 if (!FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
3822 return S.CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_AlignOf);
3825 bool Sema::CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E) {
3826 E = E->IgnoreParens();
3828 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
3829 if (E->isTypeDependent())
3832 return CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_VecStep);
3835 static void captureVariablyModifiedType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T,
3836 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI) {
3837 assert(T->isVariablyModifiedType());
3838 assert(CSI != nullptr);
3840 // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA expressions.
3842 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
3843 switch (Ty->getTypeClass()) {
3844 #define TYPE(Class, Base)
3845 #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
3846 #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
3847 #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
3848 #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base)
3849 #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
3852 // These types are never variably-modified.
3856 case Type::ExtVector:
3859 case Type::Elaborated:
3860 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
3861 case Type::ObjCObject:
3862 case Type::ObjCInterface:
3863 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
3864 case Type::ObjCTypeParam:
3866 llvm_unreachable("type class is never variably-modified!");
3867 case Type::Adjusted:
3868 T = cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)->getOriginalType();
3871 T = cast<DecayedType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
3874 T = cast<PointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
3876 case Type::BlockPointer:
3877 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
3879 case Type::LValueReference:
3880 case Type::RValueReference:
3881 T = cast<ReferenceType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
3883 case Type::MemberPointer:
3884 T = cast<MemberPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
3886 case Type::ConstantArray:
3887 case Type::IncompleteArray:
3888 // Losing element qualification here is fine.
3889 T = cast<ArrayType>(Ty)->getElementType();
3891 case Type::VariableArray: {
3892 // Losing element qualification here is fine.
3893 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(Ty);
3895 // Unknown size indication requires no size computation.
3896 // Otherwise, evaluate and record it.
3897 if (auto Size = VAT->getSizeExpr()) {
3898 if (!CSI->isVLATypeCaptured(VAT)) {
3899 RecordDecl *CapRecord = nullptr;
3900 if (auto LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
3901 CapRecord = LSI->Lambda;
3902 } else if (auto CRSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
3903 CapRecord = CRSI->TheRecordDecl;
3906 auto ExprLoc = Size->getExprLoc();
3907 auto SizeType = Context.getSizeType();
3908 // Build the non-static data member.
3910 FieldDecl::Create(Context, CapRecord, ExprLoc, ExprLoc,
3911 /*Id*/ nullptr, SizeType, /*TInfo*/ nullptr,
3912 /*BW*/ nullptr, /*Mutable*/ false,
3913 /*InitStyle*/ ICIS_NoInit);
3914 Field->setImplicit(true);
3915 Field->setAccess(AS_private);
3916 Field->setCapturedVLAType(VAT);
3917 CapRecord->addDecl(Field);
3919 CSI->addVLATypeCapture(ExprLoc, SizeType);
3923 T = VAT->getElementType();
3926 case Type::FunctionProto:
3927 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
3928 T = cast<FunctionType>(Ty)->getReturnType();
3932 case Type::UnaryTransform:
3933 case Type::Attributed:
3934 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
3935 case Type::PackExpansion:
3936 // Keep walking after single level desugaring.
3937 T = T.getSingleStepDesugaredType(Context);
3940 T = cast<TypedefType>(Ty)->desugar();
3942 case Type::Decltype:
3943 T = cast<DecltypeType>(Ty)->desugar();
3946 T = cast<AutoType>(Ty)->getDeducedType();
3948 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
3949 T = cast<TypeOfExprType>(Ty)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType();
3952 T = cast<AtomicType>(Ty)->getValueType();
3955 } while (!T.isNull() && T->isVariablyModifiedType());
3958 /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
3960 Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3961 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3962 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3967 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
3969 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
3970 CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(T, OpLoc, R, ExprKind))
3973 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && FunctionScopes.size() > 1) {
3974 if (auto *TT = T->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
3975 for (auto I = FunctionScopes.rbegin(),
3976 E = std::prev(FunctionScopes.rend());
3978 auto *CSI = dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(*I);
3981 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
3982 if (auto *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI))
3983 DC = LSI->CallOperator;
3984 else if (auto *CRSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI))
3985 DC = CRSI->TheCapturedDecl;
3986 else if (auto *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI))
3989 if (DC->containsDecl(TT->getDecl()))
3991 captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, T, CSI);
3997 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
3998 return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
3999 ExprKind, TInfo, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, R.getEnd());
4002 /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
4005 Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4006 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
4007 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
4013 // Verify that the operand is valid.
4014 bool isInvalid = false;
4015 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
4016 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
4017 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) {
4018 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(*this, E);
4019 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) {
4020 isInvalid = CheckVecStepExpr(E);
4021 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign) {
4022 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_openmp_default_simd_align_expr);
4024 } else if (E->refersToBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
4025 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_typeof_bitfield) << 0;
4028 isInvalid = CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_SizeOf);
4034 if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf && E->getType()->isVariableArrayType()) {
4035 PE = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
4036 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4040 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
4041 return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
4042 ExprKind, E, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
4045 /// ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c
4046 /// expr and the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
4047 /// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
4049 Sema::ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4050 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, bool IsType,
4051 void *TyOrEx, SourceRange ArgRange) {
4052 // If error parsing type, ignore.
4053 if (!TyOrEx) return ExprError();
4056 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4057 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx), &TInfo);
4058 return CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, ExprKind, ArgRange);
4061 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
4062 ExprResult Result = CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, ExprKind);
4066 static QualType CheckRealImagOperand(Sema &S, ExprResult &V, SourceLocation Loc,
4068 if (V.get()->isTypeDependent())
4069 return S.Context.DependentTy;
4071 // _Real and _Imag are only l-values for normal l-values.
4072 if (V.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_Ordinary) {
4073 V = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(V.get());
4078 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
4079 if (const ComplexType *CT = V.get()->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
4080 return CT->getElementType();
4082 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
4083 if (V.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4084 return V.get()->getType();
4086 // Test for placeholders.
4087 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(V.get());
4088 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4089 if (PR.get() != V.get()) {
4091 return CheckRealImagOperand(S, V, Loc, IsReal);
4094 // Reject anything else.
4095 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V.get()->getType()
4096 << (IsReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
4103 Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4104 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input) {
4105 UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
4107 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!");
4108 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PostInc; break;
4109 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PostDec; break;
4112 // Since this might is a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
4113 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Input);
4114 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4115 Input = Result.get();
4117 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
4120 /// \brief Diagnose if arithmetic on the given ObjC pointer is illegal.
4122 /// \return true on error
4123 static bool checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(Sema &S,
4124 SourceLocation opLoc,
4126 assert(op->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType());
4127 if (S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsPointerArithmetic() &&
4128 !S.LangOpts.ObjCSubscriptingLegacyRuntime)
4131 S.Diag(opLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4132 << op->getType()->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType()
4133 << op->getSourceRange();
4137 static bool isMSPropertySubscriptExpr(Sema &S, Expr *Base) {
4138 auto *BaseNoParens = Base->IgnoreParens();
4139 if (auto *MSProp = dyn_cast<MSPropertyRefExpr>(BaseNoParens))
4140 return MSProp->getPropertyDecl()->getType()->isArrayType();
4141 return isa<MSPropertySubscriptExpr>(BaseNoParens);
4145 Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *base, SourceLocation lbLoc,
4146 Expr *idx, SourceLocation rbLoc) {
4147 if (base && !base->getType().isNull() &&
4148 base->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::OMPArraySection))
4149 return ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(base, lbLoc, idx, SourceLocation(),
4150 /*Length=*/nullptr, rbLoc);
4152 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
4153 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(base)) {
4154 ExprResult result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, base);
4155 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4156 base = result.get();
4159 // Handle any non-overload placeholder types in the base and index
4160 // expressions. We can't handle overloads here because the other
4161 // operand might be an overloadable type, in which case the overload
4162 // resolution for the operator overload should get the first crack
4164 bool IsMSPropertySubscript = false;
4165 if (base->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4166 IsMSPropertySubscript = isMSPropertySubscriptExpr(*this, base);
4167 if (!IsMSPropertySubscript) {
4168 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(base);
4169 if (result.isInvalid())
4171 base = result.get();
4174 if (idx->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4175 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(idx);
4176 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4180 // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent.
4181 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4182 (base->isTypeDependent() || idx->isTypeDependent())) {
4183 return new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(base, idx, Context.DependentTy,
4184 VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, rbLoc);
4187 // MSDN, property (C++)
4188 // https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/yhfk0thd(v=vs.120).aspx
4189 // This attribute can also be used in the declaration of an empty array in a
4190 // class or structure definition. For example:
4191 // __declspec(property(get=GetX, put=PutX)) int x[];
4192 // The above statement indicates that x[] can be used with one or more array
4193 // indices. In this case, i=p->x[a][b] will be turned into i=p->GetX(a, b),
4194 // and p->x[a][b] = i will be turned into p->PutX(a, b, i);
4195 if (IsMSPropertySubscript) {
4196 // Build MS property subscript expression if base is MS property reference
4197 // or MS property subscript.
4198 return new (Context) MSPropertySubscriptExpr(
4199 base, idx, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, rbLoc);
4202 // Use C++ overloaded-operator rules if either operand has record
4203 // type. The spec says to do this if either type is *overloadable*,
4204 // but enum types can't declare subscript operators or conversion
4205 // operators, so there's nothing interesting for overload resolution
4206 // to do if there aren't any record types involved.
4208 // ObjC pointers have their own subscripting logic that is not tied
4209 // to overload resolution and so should not take this path.
4210 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4211 (base->getType()->isRecordType() ||
4212 (!base->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
4213 idx->getType()->isRecordType()))) {
4214 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(lbLoc, rbLoc, base, idx);
4217 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(base, lbLoc, idx, rbLoc);
4220 ExprResult Sema::ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc,
4222 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Length,
4223 SourceLocation RBLoc) {
4224 if (Base->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4225 !Base->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType(
4226 BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) {
4227 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
4228 if (Result.isInvalid())
4230 Base = Result.get();
4232 if (LowerBound && LowerBound->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4233 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LowerBound);
4234 if (Result.isInvalid())
4236 Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get());
4237 if (Result.isInvalid())
4239 LowerBound = Result.get();
4241 if (Length && Length->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4242 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Length);
4243 if (Result.isInvalid())
4245 Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get());
4246 if (Result.isInvalid())
4248 Length = Result.get();
4251 // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent.
4252 if (Base->isTypeDependent() ||
4254 (LowerBound->isTypeDependent() || LowerBound->isValueDependent())) ||
4255 (Length && (Length->isTypeDependent() || Length->isValueDependent()))) {
4256 return new (Context)
4257 OMPArraySectionExpr(Base, LowerBound, Length, Context.DependentTy,
4258 VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, ColonLoc, RBLoc);
4261 // Perform default conversions.
4262 QualType OriginalTy = OMPArraySectionExpr::getBaseOriginalType(Base);
4264 if (OriginalTy->isAnyPointerType()) {
4265 ResultTy = OriginalTy->getPointeeType();
4266 } else if (OriginalTy->isArrayType()) {
4267 ResultTy = OriginalTy->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4270 Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_value)
4271 << Base->getSourceRange());
4275 auto Res = PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(LowerBound->getExprLoc(),
4277 if (Res.isInvalid())
4278 return ExprError(Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(),
4279 diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer)
4280 << 0 << LowerBound->getSourceRange());
4281 LowerBound = Res.get();
4283 if (LowerBound->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
4284 LowerBound->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
4285 Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char)
4286 << 0 << LowerBound->getSourceRange();
4290 PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(Length->getExprLoc(), Length);
4291 if (Res.isInvalid())
4292 return ExprError(Diag(Length->getExprLoc(),
4293 diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer)
4294 << 1 << Length->getSourceRange());
4297 if (Length->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
4298 Length->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
4299 Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char)
4300 << 1 << Length->getSourceRange();
4303 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
4304 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
4305 // type. Note that functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
4306 // incomplete types are not object types.
4307 if (ResultTy->isFunctionType()) {
4308 Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_function_type)
4309 << ResultTy << Base->getSourceRange();
4313 if (RequireCompleteType(Base->getExprLoc(), ResultTy,
4314 diag::err_omp_section_incomplete_type, Base))
4317 if (LowerBound && !OriginalTy->isAnyPointerType()) {
4318 llvm::APSInt LowerBoundValue;
4319 if (LowerBound->EvaluateAsInt(LowerBoundValue, Context)) {
4320 // OpenMP 4.5, [2.4 Array Sections]
4321 // The array section must be a subset of the original array.
4322 if (LowerBoundValue.isNegative()) {
4323 Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_not_subset_of_array)
4324 << LowerBound->getSourceRange();
4331 llvm::APSInt LengthValue;
4332 if (Length->EvaluateAsInt(LengthValue, Context)) {
4333 // OpenMP 4.5, [2.4 Array Sections]
4334 // The length must evaluate to non-negative integers.
4335 if (LengthValue.isNegative()) {
4336 Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_length_negative)
4337 << LengthValue.toString(/*Radix=*/10, /*Signed=*/true)
4338 << Length->getSourceRange();
4342 } else if (ColonLoc.isValid() &&
4343 (OriginalTy.isNull() || (!OriginalTy->isConstantArrayType() &&
4344 !OriginalTy->isVariableArrayType()))) {
4345 // OpenMP 4.5, [2.4 Array Sections]
4346 // When the size of the array dimension is not known, the length must be
4347 // specified explicitly.
4348 Diag(ColonLoc, diag::err_omp_section_length_undefined)
4349 << (!OriginalTy.isNull() && OriginalTy->isArrayType());
4353 if (!Base->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType(
4354 BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) {
4355 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Base);
4356 if (Result.isInvalid())
4358 Base = Result.get();
4360 return new (Context)
4361 OMPArraySectionExpr(Base, LowerBound, Length, Context.OMPArraySectionTy,
4362 VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, ColonLoc, RBLoc);
4366 Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
4367 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
4368 Expr *LHSExp = Base;
4371 // Perform default conversions.
4372 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4373 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
4374 if (Result.isInvalid())
4376 LHSExp = Result.get();
4378 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
4379 if (Result.isInvalid())
4381 RHSExp = Result.get();
4383 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
4384 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
4385 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
4387 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
4388 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
4389 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
4390 // and index from the expression types.
4391 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
4392 QualType ResultType;
4393 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
4396 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
4397 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4400 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
4401 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
4402 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
4406 // Use custom logic if this should be the pseudo-object subscript
4408 if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic())
4409 return BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(RLoc, BaseExpr, IndexExpr, nullptr,
4412 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
4413 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4414 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
4417 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
4418 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
4419 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
4420 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
4423 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
4424 if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()) {
4425 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
4426 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
4429 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4430 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
4432 VK = LHSExp->getValueKind();
4433 if (VK != VK_RValue)
4434 OK = OK_VectorComponent;
4436 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
4437 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
4438 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
4439 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
4440 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
4441 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
4442 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
4443 // force the promotion here.
4444 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
4445 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
4446 LHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
4447 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get();
4448 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
4452 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4453 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
4454 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
4455 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
4456 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
4457 RHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
4458 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get();
4459 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
4463 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4465 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
4466 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
4469 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
4470 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
4471 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
4473 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
4474 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
4475 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
4476 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
4478 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
4479 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
4480 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
4481 // incomplete types are not object types.
4482 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
4483 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
4484 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
4488 if (ResultType->isVoidType() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4489 // GNU extension: subscripting on pointer to void
4490 Diag(LLoc, diag::ext_gnu_subscript_void_type)
4491 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
4493 // C forbids expressions of unqualified void type from being l-values.
4494 // See IsCForbiddenLValueType.
4495 if (!ResultType.hasQualifiers()) VK = VK_RValue;
4496 } else if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
4497 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
4498 diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type, BaseExpr))
4501 assert(VK == VK_RValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus ||
4502 !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType());
4504 return new (Context)
4505 ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, ResultType, VK, OK, RLoc);
4508 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4510 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
4511 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
4513 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
4514 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
4515 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
4516 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
4520 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
4521 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
4523 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated,
4526 // Instantiate the expression.
4527 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList MutiLevelArgList
4528 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, nullptr, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
4530 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
4531 MutiLevelArgList.getInnermost());
4532 if (Inst.isInvalid())
4534 if (Inst.isAlreadyInstantiating()) {
4535 Diag(Param->getLocStart(), diag::err_recursive_default_argument) << FD;
4536 Param->setInvalidDecl();
4542 // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p5:
4543 // The names in the [default argument] expression are bound, and
4544 // the semantic constraints are checked, at the point where the
4545 // default argument expression appears.
4546 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, FD);
4547 LocalInstantiationScope Local(*this);
4548 Result = SubstInitializer(UninstExpr, MutiLevelArgList,
4549 /*DirectInit*/false);
4551 if (Result.isInvalid())
4554 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
4555 InitializedEntity Entity
4556 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param);
4557 InitializationKind Kind
4558 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
4559 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getLocStart());
4560 Expr *ResultE = Result.getAs<Expr>();
4562 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, ResultE);
4563 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, ResultE);
4564 if (Result.isInvalid())
4567 Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Result.getAs<Expr>(),
4568 Param->getOuterLocStart());
4569 if (Result.isInvalid())
4572 // Remember the instantiated default argument.
4573 Param->setDefaultArg(Result.getAs<Expr>());
4574 if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener()) {
4575 L->DefaultArgumentInstantiated(Param);
4579 // If the default argument expression is not set yet, we are building it now.
4580 if (!Param->hasInit()) {
4581 Diag(Param->getLocStart(), diag::err_recursive_default_argument) << FD;
4582 Param->setInvalidDecl();
4586 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
4587 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
4588 // be properly destroyed.
4589 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
4590 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
4591 // We don't need to do that with block decls, though, because
4592 // blocks in default argument expression can never capture anything.
4593 if (auto Init = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Param->getInit())) {
4594 // Set the "needs cleanups" bit regardless of whether there are
4595 // any explicit objects.
4596 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(Init->cleanupsHaveSideEffects());
4598 // Append all the objects to the cleanup list. Right now, this
4599 // should always be a no-op, because blocks in default argument
4600 // expressions should never be able to capture anything.
4601 assert(!Init->getNumObjects() &&
4602 "default argument expression has capturing blocks?");
4605 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
4606 // Just mark all of the declarations in this potentially-evaluated expression
4607 // as being "referenced".
4608 MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Param->getDefaultArg(),
4609 /*SkipLocalVariables=*/true);
4610 return CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param);
4614 Sema::VariadicCallType
4615 Sema::getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4617 if (Proto && Proto->isVariadic()) {
4618 if (dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(FDecl))
4619 return VariadicConstructor;
4620 else if (Fn && Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
4621 return VariadicBlock;
4623 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
4624 if (Method->isInstance())
4625 return VariadicMethod;
4626 } else if (Fn && Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy)
4627 return VariadicMethod;
4628 return VariadicFunction;
4630 return VariadicDoesNotApply;
4634 class FunctionCallCCC : public FunctionCallFilterCCC {
4636 FunctionCallCCC(Sema &SemaRef, const IdentifierInfo *FuncName,
4637 unsigned NumArgs, MemberExpr *ME)
4638 : FunctionCallFilterCCC(SemaRef, NumArgs, false, ME),
4639 FunctionName(FuncName) {}
4641 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
4642 if (!candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier() ||
4643 candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != FunctionName) {
4647 return FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(candidate);
4651 const IdentifierInfo *const FunctionName;
4655 static TypoCorrection TryTypoCorrectionForCall(Sema &S, Expr *Fn,
4656 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4657 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
4658 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn);
4659 DeclarationName FuncName = FDecl->getDeclName();
4660 SourceLocation NameLoc = ME ? ME->getMemberLoc() : Fn->getLocStart();
4662 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = S.CorrectTypo(
4663 DeclarationNameInfo(FuncName, NameLoc), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
4664 S.getScopeForContext(S.CurContext), nullptr,
4665 llvm::make_unique<FunctionCallCCC>(S, FuncName.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
4667 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
4668 if (NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getFoundDecl()) {
4669 if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) {
4670 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(NameLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
4671 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
4672 for (NamedDecl *CD : Corrected) {
4673 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CD))
4674 S.AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none), Args,
4677 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(S, NameLoc, Best)) {
4679 ND = Best->FoundDecl;
4680 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
4686 ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
4687 if (isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4691 return TypoCorrection();
4694 /// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
4695 /// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
4696 /// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
4697 /// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
4698 /// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
4699 /// true if the call is ill-formed.
4701 Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
4702 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4703 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4704 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4705 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4706 bool IsExecConfig) {
4707 // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
4709 if (unsigned ID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
4710 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(ID))
4713 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
4714 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
4715 unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams();
4716 bool Invalid = false;
4717 unsigned MinArgs = FDecl ? FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments() : NumParams;
4718 unsigned FnKind = Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
4720 : (IsExecConfig ? 3 /* kernel function (exec config) */
4721 : 0 /* function */);
4723 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
4724 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
4725 if (Args.size() < NumParams) {
4726 if (Args.size() < MinArgs) {
4728 if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(*this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) {
4730 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4731 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_suggest
4732 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_suggest;
4733 diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << MinArgs
4734 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4735 << TC.getCorrectionRange());
4736 } else if (MinArgs == 1 && FDecl && FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName())
4738 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4739 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_one
4740 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_one)
4741 << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(0) << Fn->getSourceRange();
4743 Diag(RParenLoc, MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4744 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args
4745 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
4746 << FnKind << MinArgs << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4747 << Fn->getSourceRange();
4749 // Emit the location of the prototype.
4750 if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig)
4751 Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(), diag::note_callee_decl)
4756 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumParams);
4759 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
4761 if (Args.size() > NumParams) {
4762 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
4764 if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(*this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) {
4766 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
4767 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_suggest
4768 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_suggest;
4769 diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << NumParams
4770 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4771 << TC.getCorrectionRange());
4772 } else if (NumParams == 1 && FDecl &&
4773 FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName())
4774 Diag(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4775 MinArgs == NumParams
4776 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_one
4777 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_one)
4778 << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(0)
4779 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) << Fn->getSourceRange()
4780 << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4781 Args.back()->getLocEnd());
4783 Diag(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4784 MinArgs == NumParams
4785 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args
4786 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
4787 << FnKind << NumParams << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
4788 << Fn->getSourceRange()
4789 << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getLocStart(),
4790 Args.back()->getLocEnd());
4792 // Emit the location of the prototype.
4793 if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig)
4794 Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(), diag::note_callee_decl)
4797 // This deletes the extra arguments.
4798 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumParams);
4802 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
4803 VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto, Fn);
4805 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getLocStart(), FDecl,
4806 Proto, 0, Args, AllArgs, CallType);
4809 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
4810 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
4811 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
4816 bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
4817 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
4818 unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4819 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
4820 VariadicCallType CallType, bool AllowExplicit,
4821 bool IsListInitialization) {
4822 unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams();
4823 bool Invalid = false;
4825 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
4826 for (unsigned i = FirstParam; i < NumParams; i++) {
4827 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getParamType(i);
4830 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl ? FDecl->getParamDecl(i) : nullptr;
4831 if (ArgIx < Args.size()) {
4832 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
4834 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getLocStart(),
4836 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg))
4839 // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable.
4840 bool CFAudited = false;
4841 if (Arg->getType() == Context.ARCUnbridgedCastTy &&
4842 FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() &&
4843 (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()))
4844 Arg = stripARCUnbridgedCast(Arg);
4845 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4846 FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() &&
4847 (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()))
4850 InitializedEntity Entity =
4851 Param ? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param,
4853 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
4854 Context, ProtoArgType, Proto->isParamConsumed(i));
4856 // Remember that parameter belongs to a CF audited API.
4858 Entity.setParameterCFAudited();
4860 ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(
4861 Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg, IsListInitialization, AllowExplicit);
4862 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
4865 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
4867 assert(Param && "can't use default arguments without a known callee");
4869 ExprResult ArgExpr =
4870 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
4871 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
4874 Arg = ArgExpr.getAs<Expr>();
4877 // Check for array bounds violations for each argument to the call. This
4878 // check only triggers warnings when the argument isn't a more complex Expr
4879 // with its own checking, such as a BinaryOperator.
4880 CheckArrayAccess(Arg);
4882 // Check for violations of C99 static array rules (C99 6.7.5.3p7).
4883 CheckStaticArrayArgument(CallLoc, Param, Arg);
4885 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
4888 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
4889 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
4890 // Assume that extern "C" functions with variadic arguments that
4891 // return __unknown_anytype aren't *really* variadic.
4892 if (Proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && FDecl &&
4893 FDecl->isExternC()) {
4894 for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx)) {
4895 QualType paramType; // ignored
4896 ExprResult arg = checkUnknownAnyArg(CallLoc, A, paramType);
4897 Invalid |= arg.isInvalid();
4898 AllArgs.push_back(arg.get());
4901 // Otherwise do argument promotion, (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
4903 for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx)) {
4904 ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(A, CallType, FDecl);
4905 Invalid |= Arg.isInvalid();
4906 AllArgs.push_back(Arg.get());
4910 // Check for array bounds violations.
4911 for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx))
4912 CheckArrayAccess(A);
4917 static void DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(Sema &S, ParmVarDecl *PVD) {
4918 TypeLoc TL = PVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
4919 if (DecayedTypeLoc DTL = TL.getAs<DecayedTypeLoc>())
4920 TL = DTL.getOriginalLoc();
4921 if (ArrayTypeLoc ATL = TL.getAs<ArrayTypeLoc>())
4922 S.Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_static_array)
4923 << ATL.getLocalSourceRange();
4926 /// CheckStaticArrayArgument - If the given argument corresponds to a static
4927 /// array parameter, check that it is non-null, and that if it is formed by
4928 /// array-to-pointer decay, the underlying array is sufficiently large.
4930 /// C99 6.7.5.3p7: If the keyword static also appears within the [ and ] of the
4931 /// array type derivation, then for each call to the function, the value of the
4932 /// corresponding actual argument shall provide access to the first element of
4933 /// an array with at least as many elements as specified by the size expression.
4935 Sema::CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4937 const Expr *ArgExpr) {
4938 // Static array parameters are not supported in C++.
4939 if (!Param || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4942 QualType OrigTy = Param->getOriginalType();
4944 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy);
4945 if (!AT || AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Static)
4948 if (ArgExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4949 Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent)) {
4950 Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange();
4951 DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param);
4955 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
4959 const ConstantArrayType *ArgCAT =
4960 Context.getAsConstantArrayType(ArgExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType());
4964 if (ArgCAT->getSize().ult(CAT->getSize())) {
4965 Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_static_array_too_small)
4966 << ArgExpr->getSourceRange()
4967 << (unsigned) ArgCAT->getSize().getZExtValue()
4968 << (unsigned) CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
4969 DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param);
4973 /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
4974 /// to have a function type.
4975 static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *fn);
4977 /// Is the given type a placeholder that we need to lower out
4978 /// immediately during argument processing?
4979 static bool isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(QualType type) {
4980 // Placeholders are never sugared.
4981 const BuiltinType *placeholder = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(type);
4982 if (!placeholder) return false;
4984 switch (placeholder->getKind()) {
4985 // Ignore all the non-placeholder types.
4986 #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
4987 case BuiltinType::Id:
4988 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
4989 #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID)
4990 #define BUILTIN_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) case BuiltinType::ID:
4991 #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
4994 // We cannot lower out overload sets; they might validly be resolved
4995 // by the call machinery.
4996 case BuiltinType::Overload:
4999 // Unbridged casts in ARC can be handled in some call positions and
5000 // should be left in place.
5001 case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast:
5004 // Pseudo-objects should be converted as soon as possible.
5005 case BuiltinType::PseudoObject:
5008 // The debugger mode could theoretically but currently does not try
5009 // to resolve unknown-typed arguments based on known parameter types.
5010 case BuiltinType::UnknownAny:
5013 // These are always invalid as call arguments and should be reported.
5014 case BuiltinType::BoundMember:
5015 case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn:
5016 case BuiltinType::OMPArraySection:
5020 llvm_unreachable("bad builtin type kind");
5023 /// Check an argument list for placeholders that we won't try to
5025 static bool checkArgsForPlaceholders(Sema &S, MultiExprArg args) {
5026 // Apply this processing to all the arguments at once instead of
5027 // dying at the first failure.
5028 bool hasInvalid = false;
5029 for (size_t i = 0, e = args.size(); i != e; i++) {
5030 if (isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(args[i]->getType())) {
5031 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(args[i]);
5032 if (result.isInvalid()) hasInvalid = true;
5033 else args[i] = result.get();
5034 } else if (hasInvalid) {
5035 (void)S.CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(args[i]);
5041 /// If a builtin function has a pointer argument with no explicit address
5042 /// space, then it should be able to accept a pointer to any address
5043 /// space as input. In order to do this, we need to replace the
5044 /// standard builtin declaration with one that uses the same address space
5047 /// \returns nullptr If this builtin is not a candidate for a rewrite i.e.
5048 /// it does not contain any pointer arguments without
5049 /// an address space qualifer. Otherwise the rewritten
5050 /// FunctionDecl is returned.
5051 /// TODO: Handle pointer return types.
5052 static FunctionDecl *rewriteBuiltinFunctionDecl(Sema *Sema, ASTContext &Context,
5053 const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
5054 MultiExprArg ArgExprs) {
5056 QualType DeclType = FDecl->getType();
5057 const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(DeclType);
5059 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.hasPtrArgsOrResult(FDecl->getBuiltinID()) ||
5060 !FT || FT->isVariadic() || ArgExprs.size() != FT->getNumParams())
5063 bool NeedsNewDecl = false;
5065 SmallVector<QualType, 8> OverloadParams;
5067 for (QualType ParamType : FT->param_types()) {
5069 // Convert array arguments to pointer to simplify type lookup.
5071 Sema->DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(ArgExprs[i++]);
5072 if (ArgRes.isInvalid())
5074 Expr *Arg = ArgRes.get();
5075 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
5076 if (!ParamType->isPointerType() ||
5077 ParamType.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace() ||
5078 !ArgType->isPointerType() ||
5079 !ArgType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
5080 OverloadParams.push_back(ParamType);
5084 NeedsNewDecl = true;
5085 unsigned AS = ArgType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers().getAddressSpace();
5087 QualType PointeeType = ParamType->getPointeeType();
5088 PointeeType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(PointeeType, AS);
5089 OverloadParams.push_back(Context.getPointerType(PointeeType));
5095 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
5096 QualType OverloadTy = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(),
5097 OverloadParams, EPI);
5098 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
5099 FunctionDecl *OverloadDecl = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, Parent,
5100 FDecl->getLocation(),
5101 FDecl->getLocation(),
5102 FDecl->getIdentifier(),
5106 /*hasPrototype=*/true);
5107 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
5108 FT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OverloadTy);
5109 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
5110 QualType ParamType = FT->getParamType(i);
5112 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, OverloadDecl, SourceLocation(),
5113 SourceLocation(), nullptr, ParamType,
5114 /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr);
5115 Parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
5116 Params.push_back(Parm);
5118 OverloadDecl->setParams(Params);
5119 return OverloadDecl;
5122 static bool isNumberOfArgsValidForCall(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *Callee,
5123 std::size_t NumArgs) {
5124 if (S.TooManyArguments(Callee->getNumParams(), NumArgs,
5125 /*PartialOverloading=*/false))
5126 return Callee->isVariadic();
5127 return Callee->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs;
5130 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
5131 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
5133 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *Scope, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5134 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5135 Expr *ExecConfig, bool IsExecConfig) {
5136 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
5137 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope, Fn);
5138 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5141 if (checkArgsForPlaceholders(*this, ArgExprs))
5144 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5145 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
5146 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
5147 if (!ArgExprs.empty()) {
5148 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
5149 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
5150 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5151 SourceRange(ArgExprs.front()->getLocStart(),
5152 ArgExprs.back()->getLocEnd()));
5155 return new (Context)
5156 CallExpr(Context, Fn, None, Context.VoidTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
5158 if (Fn->getType() == Context.PseudoObjectTy) {
5159 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Fn);
5160 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5164 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
5165 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
5166 bool Dependent = false;
5167 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
5169 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs))
5174 return new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(
5175 Context, Fn, cast<CallExpr>(ExecConfig), ArgExprs,
5176 Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
5178 return new (Context) CallExpr(
5179 Context, Fn, ArgExprs, Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
5183 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
5184 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
5185 return BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
5188 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
5189 ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
5190 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5194 if (Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
5195 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
5200 // Check for overloaded calls. This can happen even in C due to extensions.
5201 if (Fn->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) {
5202 OverloadExpr::FindResult find = OverloadExpr::find(Fn);
5204 // We aren't supposed to apply this logic for if there'Scope an '&'
5206 if (!find.HasFormOfMemberPointer) {
5207 OverloadExpr *ovl = find.Expression;
5208 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl))
5209 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(
5210 Scope, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc, ExecConfig,
5211 /*AllowTypoCorrection=*/true, find.IsAddressOfOperand);
5212 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
5217 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
5218 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
5219 ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
5220 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5224 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
5226 bool CallingNDeclIndirectly = false;
5227 NamedDecl *NDecl = nullptr;
5228 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
5229 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) {
5230 CallingNDeclIndirectly = true;
5231 NakedFn = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
5235 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)) {
5236 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
5238 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
5239 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID()) {
5240 // Rewrite the function decl for this builtin by replacing parameters
5241 // with no explicit address space with the address space of the arguments
5244 rewriteBuiltinFunctionDecl(this, Context, FDecl, ArgExprs))) {
5246 Fn = DeclRefExpr::Create(
5247 Context, FDecl->getQualifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), FDecl, false,
5248 SourceLocation(), FDecl->getType(), Fn->getValueKind(), FDecl);
5251 } else if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedFn))
5252 NDecl = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)->getMemberDecl();
5254 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl)) {
5255 if (CallingNDeclIndirectly &&
5256 !checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, /*Complain=*/true,
5260 // CheckEnableIf assumes that the we're passing in a sane number of args for
5261 // FD, but that doesn't always hold true here. This is because, in some
5262 // cases, we'll emit a diag about an ill-formed function call, but then
5263 // we'll continue on as if the function call wasn't ill-formed. So, if the
5264 // number of args looks incorrect, don't do enable_if checks; we should've
5265 // already emitted an error about the bad call.
5266 if (FD->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>() &&
5267 isNumberOfArgsValidForCall(*this, FD, ArgExprs.size())) {
5268 if (const EnableIfAttr *Attr = CheckEnableIf(FD, ArgExprs, true)) {
5269 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
5270 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)
5271 ? diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call
5272 : diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
5273 << FD << FD->getSourceRange();
5274 Diag(FD->getLocation(),
5275 diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_enable_if_attr)
5276 << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage();
5281 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc,
5282 ExecConfig, IsExecConfig);
5285 /// ActOnAsTypeExpr - create a new asType (bitcast) from the arguments.
5287 /// __builtin_astype( value, dst type )
5289 ExprResult Sema::ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
5290 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5291 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5292 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
5293 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
5294 QualType DstTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy);
5295 QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
5296 if (Context.getTypeSize(DstTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
5297 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
5298 diag::err_invalid_astype_of_different_size)
5301 << E->getSourceRange());
5302 return new (Context) AsTypeExpr(E, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
5305 /// ActOnConvertVectorExpr - create a new convert-vector expression from the
5306 /// provided arguments.
5308 /// __builtin_convertvector( value, dst type )
5310 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
5311 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5312 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5313 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5314 GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy, &TInfo);
5315 return SemaConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
5318 /// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
5319 /// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
5320 /// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
5321 /// block-pointer type.
5323 /// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
5325 Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
5326 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5327 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5328 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5329 Expr *Config, bool IsExecConfig) {
5330 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
5331 unsigned BuiltinID = (FDecl ? FDecl->getBuiltinID() : 0);
5333 // Functions with 'interrupt' attribute cannot be called directly.
5334 if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) {
5335 Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_called);
5339 // Promote the function operand.
5340 // We special-case function promotion here because we only allow promoting
5341 // builtin functions to function pointers in the callee of a call.
5344 Fn->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BuiltinFn)) {
5345 Result = ImpCastExprToType(Fn, Context.getPointerType(FDecl->getType()),
5346 CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
5348 Result = CallExprUnaryConversions(Fn);
5350 if (Result.isInvalid())
5354 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
5355 // of arguments and function on error.
5358 TheCall = new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(Context, Fn,
5359 cast<CallExpr>(Config), Args,
5360 Context.BoolTy, VK_RValue,
5363 TheCall = new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, Context.BoolTy,
5364 VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
5366 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5367 // C cannot always handle TypoExpr nodes in builtin calls and direct
5368 // function calls as their argument checking don't necessarily handle
5369 // dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have been
5371 ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(TheCall);
5372 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
5373 TheCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Result.get());
5374 if (!TheCall) return Result;
5375 Args = llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs());
5378 // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
5379 if (BuiltinID && Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(BuiltinID))
5380 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall);
5383 const FunctionType *FuncT;
5384 if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5385 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
5386 // have type pointer to function".
5387 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
5389 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
5390 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5391 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BPT =
5392 Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
5393 FuncT = BPT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
5395 // Handle calls to expressions of unknown-any type.
5396 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
5397 ExprResult rewrite = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
5398 if (rewrite.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5400 TheCall->setCallee(Fn);
5404 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
5405 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5408 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5410 // CUDA: Kernel calls must be to global functions
5411 if (FDecl && !FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
5412 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc,diag::err_kern_call_not_global_function)
5413 << FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5415 // CUDA: Kernel function must have 'void' return type
5416 if (!FuncT->getReturnType()->isVoidType())
5417 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_kern_type_not_void_return)
5418 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5420 // CUDA: Calls to global functions must be configured
5421 if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
5422 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_global_call_not_config)
5423 << FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange());
5427 // Check for a valid return type
5428 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getReturnType(), Fn->getLocStart(), TheCall,
5432 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
5433 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getCallResultType(Context));
5434 TheCall->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(FuncT->getReturnType()));
5436 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT);
5438 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, RParenLoc,
5442 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
5445 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
5446 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
5447 const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr;
5448 if (FDecl->hasBody(Def) && Args.size() != Def->param_size()) {
5449 Proto = Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5450 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && Args.size() >= Def->param_size()))
5451 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
5452 << (Args.size() > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
5455 // If the function we're calling isn't a function prototype, but we have
5456 // a function prototype from a prior declaratiom, use that prototype.
5457 if (!FDecl->hasPrototype())
5458 Proto = FDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5461 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
5462 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) {
5463 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
5465 if (Proto && i < Proto->getNumParams()) {
5466 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
5467 Context, Proto->getParamType(i), Proto->isParamConsumed(i));
5469 PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
5470 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
5473 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
5476 ExprResult ArgE = DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
5478 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
5481 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
5484 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getLocStart(),
5486 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg))
5489 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
5493 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
5494 if (!Method->isStatic())
5495 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
5496 << Fn->getSourceRange());
5498 // Check for sentinels
5500 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args);
5502 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
5504 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall, Proto))
5508 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall);
5510 if (CheckPointerCall(NDecl, TheCall, Proto))
5513 if (CheckOtherCall(TheCall, Proto))
5517 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
5521 Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ParsedType Ty,
5522 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *InitExpr) {
5523 assert(Ty && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
5524 assert(InitExpr && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
5526 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5527 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
5529 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
5531 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, InitExpr);
5535 Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5536 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *LiteralExpr) {
5537 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
5539 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
5540 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Context.getBaseElementType(literalType),
5541 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type,
5542 SourceRange(LParenLoc,
5543 LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
5545 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
5546 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
5547 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
5548 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
5549 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
5550 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
5551 SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
5554 InitializedEntity Entity
5555 = InitializedEntity::InitializeCompoundLiteralInit(TInfo);
5556 InitializationKind Kind
5557 = InitializationKind::CreateCStyleCast(LParenLoc,
5558 SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
5560 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr);
5561 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr,
5563 if (Result.isInvalid())
5565 LiteralExpr = Result.get();
5567 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == nullptr;
5569 !LiteralExpr->isTypeDependent() &&
5570 !LiteralExpr->isValueDependent() &&
5571 !literalType->isDependentType()) { // 6.5.2.5p3
5572 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(LiteralExpr, literalType))
5576 // In C, compound literals are l-values for some reason.
5577 ExprValueKind VK = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue;
5579 return MaybeBindToTemporary(
5580 new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
5581 VK, LiteralExpr, isFileScope));
5585 Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList,
5586 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
5587 // Immediately handle non-overload placeholders. Overloads can be
5588 // resolved contextually, but everything else here can't.
5589 for (unsigned I = 0, E = InitArgList.size(); I != E; ++I) {
5590 if (InitArgList[I]->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
5591 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(InitArgList[I]);
5593 // Ignore failures; dropping the entire initializer list because
5594 // of one failure would be terrible for indexing/etc.
5595 if (result.isInvalid()) continue;
5597 InitArgList[I] = result.get();
5601 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
5602 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
5604 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitArgList,
5606 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
5610 /// Do an explicit extend of the given block pointer if we're in ARC.
5611 void Sema::maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E) {
5612 assert(E.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType());
5613 assert(E.get()->isRValue());
5615 // Only do this in an r-value context.
5616 if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) return;
5618 E = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E.get()->getType(),
5619 CK_ARCExtendBlockObject, E.get(),
5620 /*base path*/ nullptr, VK_RValue);
5621 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
5624 /// Prepare a conversion of the given expression to an ObjC object
5626 CastKind Sema::PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E) {
5627 QualType type = E.get()->getType();
5628 if (type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5630 } else if (type->isBlockPointerType()) {
5631 maybeExtendBlockObject(E);
5632 return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5634 assert(type->isPointerType());
5635 return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5639 /// Prepares for a scalar cast, performing all the necessary stages
5640 /// except the final cast and returning the kind required.
5641 CastKind Sema::PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &Src, QualType DestTy) {
5642 // Both Src and Dest are scalar types, i.e. arithmetic or pointer.
5643 // Also, callers should have filtered out the invalid cases with
5644 // pointers. Everything else should be possible.
5646 QualType SrcTy = Src.get()->getType();
5647 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
5650 switch (Type::ScalarTypeKind SrcKind = SrcTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5651 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5652 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5654 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5655 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5656 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5657 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5658 case Type::STK_CPointer: {
5659 unsigned SrcAS = SrcTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
5660 unsigned DestAS = DestTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
5661 if (SrcAS != DestAS)
5662 return CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
5665 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5666 return (SrcKind == Type::STK_BlockPointer
5667 ? CK_BitCast : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
5668 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5669 if (SrcKind == Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer)
5671 if (SrcKind == Type::STK_CPointer)
5672 return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5673 maybeExtendBlockObject(Src);
5674 return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5675 case Type::STK_Bool:
5676 return CK_PointerToBoolean;
5677 case Type::STK_Integral:
5678 return CK_PointerToIntegral;
5679 case Type::STK_Floating:
5680 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5681 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5682 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5683 llvm_unreachable("illegal cast from pointer");
5685 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5687 case Type::STK_Bool: // casting from bool is like casting from an integer
5688 case Type::STK_Integral:
5689 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5690 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5691 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5692 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5693 if (Src.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5694 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
5695 return CK_NullToPointer;
5696 return CK_IntegralToPointer;
5697 case Type::STK_Bool:
5698 return CK_IntegralToBoolean;
5699 case Type::STK_Integral:
5700 return CK_IntegralCast;
5701 case Type::STK_Floating:
5702 return CK_IntegralToFloating;
5703 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5704 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5705 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5707 return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
5708 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5709 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5710 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5711 CK_IntegralToFloating);
5712 return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
5713 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5714 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5716 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5718 case Type::STK_Floating:
5719 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5720 case Type::STK_Floating:
5721 return CK_FloatingCast;
5722 case Type::STK_Bool:
5723 return CK_FloatingToBoolean;
5724 case Type::STK_Integral:
5725 return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
5726 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5727 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5728 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5730 return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
5731 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5732 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5733 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5734 CK_FloatingToIntegral);
5735 return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
5736 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5737 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5738 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5739 llvm_unreachable("valid float->pointer cast?");
5740 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5741 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5743 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5745 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5746 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5747 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5748 return CK_FloatingComplexCast;
5749 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5750 return CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
5751 case Type::STK_Floating: {
5752 QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
5753 if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
5754 return CK_FloatingComplexToReal;
5755 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), ET, CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
5756 return CK_FloatingCast;
5758 case Type::STK_Bool:
5759 return CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean;
5760 case Type::STK_Integral:
5761 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5762 SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5763 CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
5764 return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
5765 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5766 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5767 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5768 llvm_unreachable("valid complex float->pointer cast?");
5769 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5770 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5772 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5774 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5775 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
5776 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
5777 return CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
5778 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
5779 return CK_IntegralComplexCast;
5780 case Type::STK_Integral: {
5781 QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
5782 if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
5783 return CK_IntegralComplexToReal;
5784 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), ET, CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
5785 return CK_IntegralCast;
5787 case Type::STK_Bool:
5788 return CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean;
5789 case Type::STK_Floating:
5790 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
5791 SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
5792 CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
5793 return CK_IntegralToFloating;
5794 case Type::STK_CPointer:
5795 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
5796 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
5797 llvm_unreachable("valid complex int->pointer cast?");
5798 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
5799 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
5801 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this");
5804 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled scalar cast");
5807 static bool breakDownVectorType(QualType type, uint64_t &len,
5808 QualType &eltType) {
5809 // Vectors are simple.
5810 if (const VectorType *vecType = type->getAs<VectorType>()) {
5811 len = vecType->getNumElements();
5812 eltType = vecType->getElementType();
5813 assert(eltType->isScalarType());
5817 // We allow lax conversion to and from non-vector types, but only if
5818 // they're real types (i.e. non-complex, non-pointer scalar types).
5819 if (!type->isRealType()) return false;
5826 /// Are the two types lax-compatible vector types? That is, given
5827 /// that one of them is a vector, do they have equal storage sizes,
5828 /// where the storage size is the number of elements times the element
5831 /// This will also return false if either of the types is neither a
5832 /// vector nor a real type.
5833 bool Sema::areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) {
5834 assert(destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType());
5836 // Disallow lax conversions between scalars and ExtVectors (these
5837 // conversions are allowed for other vector types because common headers
5838 // depend on them). Most scalar OP ExtVector cases are handled by the
5839 // splat path anyway, which does what we want (convert, not bitcast).
5840 // What this rules out for ExtVectors is crazy things like char4*float.
5841 if (srcTy->isScalarType() && destTy->isExtVectorType()) return false;
5842 if (destTy->isScalarType() && srcTy->isExtVectorType()) return false;
5844 uint64_t srcLen, destLen;
5845 QualType srcEltTy, destEltTy;
5846 if (!breakDownVectorType(srcTy, srcLen, srcEltTy)) return false;
5847 if (!breakDownVectorType(destTy, destLen, destEltTy)) return false;
5849 // ASTContext::getTypeSize will return the size rounded up to a
5850 // power of 2, so instead of using that, we need to use the raw
5851 // element size multiplied by the element count.
5852 uint64_t srcEltSize = Context.getTypeSize(srcEltTy);
5853 uint64_t destEltSize = Context.getTypeSize(destEltTy);
5855 return (srcLen * srcEltSize == destLen * destEltSize);
5858 /// Is this a legal conversion between two types, one of which is
5859 /// known to be a vector type?
5860 bool Sema::isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) {
5861 assert(destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType());
5863 if (!Context.getLangOpts().LaxVectorConversions)
5865 return areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(srcTy, destTy);
5868 bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
5870 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
5872 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegralType(Context)) {
5873 if (!areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(Ty, VectorTy))
5874 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
5875 Ty->isVectorType() ?
5876 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
5877 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
5878 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
5880 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
5881 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
5882 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
5888 ExprResult Sema::prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr) {
5889 QualType DestElemTy = VectorTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
5891 if (DestElemTy == SplattedExpr->getType())
5892 return SplattedExpr;
5894 assert(DestElemTy->isFloatingType() ||
5895 DestElemTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType());
5898 if (VectorTy->isExtVectorType() && SplattedExpr->getType()->isBooleanType()) {
5899 // OpenCL requires that we convert `true` boolean expressions to -1, but
5900 // only when splatting vectors.
5901 if (DestElemTy->isFloatingType()) {
5902 // To avoid having to have a CK_BooleanToSignedFloating cast kind, we cast
5903 // in two steps: boolean to signed integral, then to floating.
5904 ExprResult CastExprRes = ImpCastExprToType(SplattedExpr, Context.IntTy,
5905 CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral);
5906 SplattedExpr = CastExprRes.get();
5907 CK = CK_IntegralToFloating;
5909 CK = CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral;
5912 ExprResult CastExprRes = SplattedExpr;
5913 CK = PrepareScalarCast(CastExprRes, DestElemTy);
5914 if (CastExprRes.isInvalid())
5916 SplattedExpr = CastExprRes.get();
5918 return ImpCastExprToType(SplattedExpr, DestElemTy, CK);
5921 ExprResult Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy,
5922 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &Kind) {
5923 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
5925 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
5927 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
5928 // an ExtVectorType.
5929 // In OpenCL, casts between vectors of different types are not allowed.
5930 // (See OpenCL 6.2).
5931 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
5932 if (!areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(SrcTy, DestTy)
5933 || (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
5934 (DestTy.getCanonicalType() != SrcTy.getCanonicalType()))) {
5935 Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
5936 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
5943 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
5944 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
5945 // splat from elt type to vector.
5946 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
5947 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
5948 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
5949 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
5951 Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
5952 return prepareVectorSplat(DestTy, CastExpr);
5956 Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5957 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
5958 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr) {
5959 assert(!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != nullptr) &&
5960 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
5962 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo = GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(D, CastExpr->getType());
5963 if (D.isInvalidType())
5966 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5967 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
5968 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
5970 // Make sure any TypoExprs have been dealt with.
5971 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(CastExpr);
5972 if (!Res.isUsable())
5974 CastExpr = Res.get();
5977 checkUnusedDeclAttributes(D);
5979 QualType castType = castTInfo->getType();
5980 Ty = CreateParsedType(castType, castTInfo);
5982 bool isVectorLiteral = false;
5984 // Check for an altivec or OpenCL literal,
5985 // i.e. all the elements are integer constants.
5986 ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(CastExpr);
5987 ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr);
5988 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector || getLangOpts().OpenCL)
5989 && castType->isVectorType() && (PE || PLE)) {
5990 if (PLE && PLE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
5991 Diag(PLE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
5994 if (PE || PLE->getNumExprs() == 1) {
5995 Expr *E = (PE ? PE->getSubExpr() : PLE->getExpr(0));
5996 if (!E->getType()->isVectorType())
5997 isVectorLiteral = true;
6000 isVectorLiteral = true;
6003 // If this is a vector initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
6004 // then handle it as such.
6005 if (isVectorLiteral)
6006 return BuildVectorLiteral(LParenLoc, RParenLoc, CastExpr, castTInfo);
6008 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
6009 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
6010 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
6011 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr)) {
6012 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, CastExpr);
6013 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6014 CastExpr = Result.get();
6017 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !castType->isVoidType() &&
6018 !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(LParenLoc))
6019 Diag(LParenLoc, diag::warn_old_style_cast) << CastExpr->getSourceRange();
6021 CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(castType, CastExpr);
6023 CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(castType, CastExpr);
6025 DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(castType.getTypePtr(), CastExpr);
6027 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, CastExpr);
6030 ExprResult Sema::BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6031 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
6032 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
6033 assert((isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) &&
6034 "Expected paren or paren list expression");
6039 SourceLocation LiteralLParenLoc, LiteralRParenLoc;
6040 if (ParenListExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(E)) {
6041 LiteralLParenLoc = PE->getLParenLoc();
6042 LiteralRParenLoc = PE->getRParenLoc();
6043 exprs = PE->getExprs();
6044 numExprs = PE->getNumExprs();
6045 } else { // isa<ParenExpr> by assertion at function entrance
6046 LiteralLParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getLParen();
6047 LiteralRParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getRParen();
6048 subExpr = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
6053 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
6054 assert(Ty->isVectorType() && "Expected vector type");
6056 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
6057 const VectorType *VTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>();
6058 unsigned numElems = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
6060 // '(...)' form of vector initialization in AltiVec: the number of
6061 // initializers must be one or must match the size of the vector.
6062 // If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will be
6063 // replicated to all the components of the vector
6064 if (VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector) {
6065 // The number of initializers must be one or must match the size of the
6066 // vector. If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will
6067 // be replicated to all the components of the vector
6068 if (numExprs == 1) {
6069 QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
6070 ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]);
6071 if (Literal.isInvalid())
6073 Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.get(), ElemTy,
6074 PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy));
6075 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.get());
6077 else if (numExprs < numElems) {
6078 Diag(E->getExprLoc(),
6079 diag::err_incorrect_number_of_vector_initializers);
6083 initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs);
6086 // For OpenCL, when the number of initializers is a single value,
6087 // it will be replicated to all components of the vector.
6088 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
6089 VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector &&
6091 QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
6092 ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]);
6093 if (Literal.isInvalid())
6095 Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.get(), ElemTy,
6096 PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy));
6097 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.get());
6100 initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs);
6102 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
6103 // braces instead of the original commas.
6104 InitListExpr *initE = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LiteralLParenLoc,
6105 initExprs, LiteralRParenLoc);
6107 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, initE);
6110 /// This is not an AltiVec-style cast or or C++ direct-initialization, so turn
6111 /// the ParenListExpr into a sequence of comma binary operators.
6113 Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *OrigExpr) {
6114 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(OrigExpr);
6118 ExprResult Result(E->getExpr(0));
6120 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
6121 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, Result.get(),
6124 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6126 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), Result.get());
6129 ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
6132 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, Val, R);
6136 /// \brief Emit a specialized diagnostic when one expression is a null pointer
6137 /// constant and the other is not a pointer. Returns true if a diagnostic is
6139 bool Sema::DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
6140 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6141 Expr *NullExpr = LHSExpr;
6142 Expr *NonPointerExpr = RHSExpr;
6143 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind =
6144 NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6145 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
6147 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) {
6149 NonPointerExpr = LHSExpr;
6151 NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6152 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
6155 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull)
6158 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression)
6161 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) {
6162 // In this case, check to make sure that we got here from a "NULL"
6163 // string in the source code.
6164 NullExpr = NullExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6165 SourceLocation loc = NullExpr->getExprLoc();
6166 if (!findMacroSpelling(loc, "NULL"))
6170 int DiagType = (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr);
6171 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_null)
6172 << NonPointerExpr->getType() << DiagType
6173 << NonPointerExpr->getSourceRange();
6177 /// \brief Return false if the condition expression is valid, true otherwise.
6178 static bool checkCondition(Sema &S, Expr *Cond, SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6179 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
6181 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i says the condition cannot be a floating point type.
6182 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && CondTy->isFloatingType()) {
6183 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_nonfloat)
6184 << CondTy << Cond->getSourceRange();
6189 if (CondTy->isScalarType()) return false;
6191 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
6192 << CondTy << Cond->getSourceRange();
6196 /// \brief Handle when one or both operands are void type.
6197 static QualType checkConditionalVoidType(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
6199 Expr *LHSExpr = LHS.get();
6200 Expr *RHSExpr = RHS.get();
6202 if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
6203 S.Diag(RHSExpr->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
6204 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
6205 if (!RHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
6206 S.Diag(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
6207 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange();
6208 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
6209 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
6210 return S.Context.VoidTy;
6213 /// \brief Return false if the NullExpr can be promoted to PointerTy,
6215 static bool checkConditionalNullPointer(Sema &S, ExprResult &NullExpr,
6216 QualType PointerTy) {
6217 if ((!PointerTy->isAnyPointerType() && !PointerTy->isBlockPointerType()) ||
6218 !NullExpr.get()->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context,
6219 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
6222 NullExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(NullExpr.get(), PointerTy, CK_NullToPointer);
6226 /// \brief Checks compatibility between two pointers and return the resulting
6228 static QualType checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
6230 SourceLocation Loc) {
6231 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6232 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6234 if (S.Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, RHSTy)) {
6235 // Two identical pointers types are always compatible.
6239 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
6241 // Get the pointee types.
6242 bool IsBlockPointer = false;
6243 if (const BlockPointerType *LHSBTy = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
6244 lhptee = LHSBTy->getPointeeType();
6245 rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6246 IsBlockPointer = true;
6248 lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6249 rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6252 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types or to
6253 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
6254 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the composite
6257 // Only CVR-qualifiers exist in the standard, and the differently-qualified
6258 // clause doesn't make sense for our extensions. E.g. address space 2 should
6259 // be incompatible with address space 3: they may live on different devices or
6261 Qualifiers lhQual = lhptee.getQualifiers();
6262 Qualifiers rhQual = rhptee.getQualifiers();
6264 unsigned MergedCVRQual = lhQual.getCVRQualifiers() | rhQual.getCVRQualifiers();
6265 lhQual.removeCVRQualifiers();
6266 rhQual.removeCVRQualifiers();
6268 lhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), lhQual);
6269 rhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), rhQual);
6272 // 1. If LHS and RHS types match exactly and:
6273 // (a) AS match => use standard C rules, no bitcast or addrspacecast
6274 // (b) AS overlap => generate addrspacecast
6275 // (c) AS don't overlap => give an error
6276 // 2. if LHS and RHS types don't match:
6277 // (a) AS match => use standard C rules, generate bitcast
6278 // (b) AS overlap => generate addrspacecast instead of bitcast
6279 // (c) AS don't overlap => give an error
6281 // For OpenCL, non-null composite type is returned only for cases 1a and 1b.
6282 QualType CompositeTy = S.Context.mergeTypes(lhptee, rhptee);
6284 // OpenCL cases 1c, 2a, 2b, and 2c.
6285 if (CompositeTy.isNull()) {
6286 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
6287 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
6288 // to get a consistent AST.
6289 QualType incompatTy;
6290 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6291 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5 - Conversion between pointers to distinct address
6292 // spaces is disallowed.
6293 unsigned ResultAddrSpace;
6294 if (lhQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(rhQual)) {
6296 ResultAddrSpace = lhQual.getAddressSpace();
6297 } else if (rhQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(lhQual)) {
6299 ResultAddrSpace = rhQual.getAddressSpace();
6303 diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers)
6304 << LHSTy << RHSTy << 2 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6305 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6309 // Continue handling cases 2a and 2b.
6310 incompatTy = S.Context.getPointerType(
6311 S.Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(S.Context.VoidTy, ResultAddrSpace));
6312 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy,
6313 (lhQual.getAddressSpace() != ResultAddrSpace)
6314 ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion /* 2b */
6315 : CK_BitCast /* 2a */);
6316 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy,
6317 (rhQual.getAddressSpace() != ResultAddrSpace)
6318 ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion /* 2b */
6319 : CK_BitCast /* 2a */);
6321 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
6322 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6323 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6324 incompatTy = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy);
6325 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
6326 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
6331 // The pointer types are compatible.
6332 QualType ResultTy = CompositeTy.withCVRQualifiers(MergedCVRQual);
6333 auto LHSCastKind = CK_BitCast, RHSCastKind = CK_BitCast;
6335 ResultTy = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultTy);
6337 // Cases 1a and 1b for OpenCL.
6338 auto ResultAddrSpace = ResultTy.getQualifiers().getAddressSpace();
6339 LHSCastKind = lhQual.getAddressSpace() == ResultAddrSpace
6340 ? CK_BitCast /* 1a */
6341 : CK_AddressSpaceConversion /* 1b */;
6342 RHSCastKind = rhQual.getAddressSpace() == ResultAddrSpace
6343 ? CK_BitCast /* 1a */
6344 : CK_AddressSpaceConversion /* 1b */;
6345 ResultTy = S.Context.getPointerType(ResultTy);
6348 // For case 1a of OpenCL, S.ImpCastExprToType will not insert bitcast
6349 // if the target type does not change.
6350 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResultTy, LHSCastKind);
6351 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResultTy, RHSCastKind);
6355 /// \brief Return the resulting type when the operands are both block pointers.
6356 static QualType checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(Sema &S,
6359 SourceLocation Loc) {
6360 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6361 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6363 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
6364 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
6365 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy);
6366 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6367 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6370 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
6371 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6372 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6376 // We have 2 block pointer types.
6377 return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
6380 /// \brief Return the resulting type when the operands are both pointers.
6382 checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
6384 SourceLocation Loc) {
6385 // get the pointer types
6386 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6387 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6389 // get the "pointed to" types
6390 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6391 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6393 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
6394 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
6395 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
6396 QualType destPointee
6397 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
6398 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
6399 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
6400 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
6401 // Promote to void*.
6402 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6405 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
6406 QualType destPointee
6407 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
6408 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
6409 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
6410 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
6411 // Promote to void*.
6412 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6416 return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
6419 /// \brief Return false if the first expression is not an integer and the second
6420 /// expression is not a pointer, true otherwise.
6421 static bool checkPointerIntegerMismatch(Sema &S, ExprResult &Int,
6422 Expr* PointerExpr, SourceLocation Loc,
6423 bool IsIntFirstExpr) {
6424 if (!PointerExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
6425 !Int.get()->getType()->isIntegerType())
6428 Expr *Expr1 = IsIntFirstExpr ? Int.get() : PointerExpr;
6429 Expr *Expr2 = IsIntFirstExpr ? PointerExpr : Int.get();
6431 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
6432 << Expr1->getType() << Expr2->getType()
6433 << Expr1->getSourceRange() << Expr2->getSourceRange();
6434 Int = S.ImpCastExprToType(Int.get(), PointerExpr->getType(),
6435 CK_IntegralToPointer);
6439 /// \brief Simple conversion between integer and floating point types.
6441 /// Used when handling the OpenCL conditional operator where the
6442 /// condition is a vector while the other operands are scalar.
6444 /// OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i and s6.11.6 together require that the scalar
6445 /// types are either integer or floating type. Between the two
6446 /// operands, the type with the higher rank is defined as the "result
6447 /// type". The other operand needs to be promoted to the same type. No
6448 /// other type promotion is allowed. We cannot use
6449 /// UsualArithmeticConversions() for this purpose, since it always
6450 /// promotes promotable types.
6451 static QualType OpenCLArithmeticConversions(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
6453 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6454 LHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
6455 if (LHS.isInvalid())
6457 RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
6458 if (RHS.isInvalid())
6461 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
6462 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
6464 S.Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
6466 S.Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
6468 if (!LHSType->isIntegerType() && !LHSType->isRealFloatingType()) {
6469 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_int_float)
6470 << LHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6474 if (!RHSType->isIntegerType() && !RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) {
6475 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_int_float)
6476 << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6480 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
6481 if (LHSType == RHSType)
6484 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
6485 if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType())
6486 return handleFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
6487 /*IsCompAssign = */ false);
6489 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
6490 return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
6491 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, /*IsCompAssign = */ false);
6494 /// \brief Convert scalar operands to a vector that matches the
6495 /// condition in length.
6497 /// Used when handling the OpenCL conditional operator where the
6498 /// condition is a vector while the other operands are scalar.
6500 /// We first compute the "result type" for the scalar operands
6501 /// according to OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i. Both operands are then converted
6502 /// into a vector of that type where the length matches the condition
6503 /// vector type. s6.11.6 requires that the element types of the result
6504 /// and the condition must have the same number of bits.
6506 OpenCLConvertScalarsToVectors(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6507 QualType CondTy, SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6508 QualType ResTy = OpenCLArithmeticConversions(S, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
6509 if (ResTy.isNull()) return QualType();
6511 const VectorType *CV = CondTy->getAs<VectorType>();
6514 // Determine the vector result type
6515 unsigned NumElements = CV->getNumElements();
6516 QualType VectorTy = S.Context.getExtVectorType(ResTy, NumElements);
6518 // Ensure that all types have the same number of bits
6519 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(CV->getElementType())
6520 != S.Context.getTypeSize(ResTy)) {
6521 // Since VectorTy is created internally, it does not pretty print
6522 // with an OpenCL name. Instead, we just print a description.
6523 std::string EleTyName = ResTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString();
6524 SmallString<64> Str;
6525 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
6526 OS << "(vector of " << NumElements << " '" << EleTyName << "' values)";
6527 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size)
6528 << CondTy << OS.str();
6532 // Convert operands to the vector result type
6533 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
6534 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
6539 /// \brief Return false if this is a valid OpenCL condition vector
6540 static bool checkOpenCLConditionVector(Sema &S, Expr *Cond,
6541 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6542 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6 says the elements of the vector must be of
6544 const VectorType *CondTy = Cond->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
6546 QualType EleTy = CondTy->getElementType();
6547 if (EleTy->isIntegerType()) return false;
6549 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_nonfloat)
6550 << Cond->getType() << Cond->getSourceRange();
6554 /// \brief Return false if the vector condition type and the vector
6555 /// result type are compatible.
6557 /// OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6 requires that both vector types have the same
6558 /// number of elements, and their element types have the same number
6560 static bool checkVectorResult(Sema &S, QualType CondTy, QualType VecResTy,
6561 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6562 const VectorType *CV = CondTy->getAs<VectorType>();
6563 const VectorType *RV = VecResTy->getAs<VectorType>();
6566 if (CV->getNumElements() != RV->getNumElements()) {
6567 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_size)
6568 << CondTy << VecResTy;
6572 QualType CVE = CV->getElementType();
6573 QualType RVE = RV->getElementType();
6575 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(CVE) != S.Context.getTypeSize(RVE)) {
6576 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size)
6577 << CondTy << VecResTy;
6584 /// \brief Return the resulting type for the conditional operator in
6585 /// OpenCL (aka "ternary selection operator", OpenCL v1.1
6586 /// s6.3.i) when the condition is a vector type.
6588 OpenCLCheckVectorConditional(Sema &S, ExprResult &Cond,
6589 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6590 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6591 Cond = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Cond.get());
6592 if (Cond.isInvalid())
6594 QualType CondTy = Cond.get()->getType();
6596 if (checkOpenCLConditionVector(S, Cond.get(), QuestionLoc))
6599 // If either operand is a vector then find the vector type of the
6600 // result as specified in OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i.
6601 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
6602 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
6603 QualType VecResTy = S.CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc,
6604 /*isCompAssign*/false,
6605 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
6606 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
6607 if (VecResTy.isNull()) return QualType();
6608 // The result type must match the condition type as specified in
6609 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6.
6610 if (checkVectorResult(S, CondTy, VecResTy, QuestionLoc))
6615 // Both operands are scalar.
6616 return OpenCLConvertScalarsToVectors(S, LHS, RHS, CondTy, QuestionLoc);
6619 /// \brief Return true if the Expr is block type
6620 static bool checkBlockType(Sema &S, const Expr *E) {
6621 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
6622 QualType Ty = CE->getCallee()->getType();
6623 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) {
6624 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_ternary_with_block);
6631 /// Note that LHS is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
6632 /// In that case, LHS = cond.
6634 QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
6635 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
6637 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6639 ExprResult LHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get());
6640 if (!LHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
6643 ExprResult RHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get());
6644 if (!RHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
6647 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
6648 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6649 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
6654 // The OpenCL operator with a vector condition is sufficiently
6655 // different to merit its own checker.
6656 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && Cond.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
6657 return OpenCLCheckVectorConditional(*this, Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
6659 // First, check the condition.
6660 Cond = UsualUnaryConversions(Cond.get());
6661 if (Cond.isInvalid())
6663 if (checkCondition(*this, Cond.get(), QuestionLoc))
6666 // Now check the two expressions.
6667 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
6668 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
6669 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
6670 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
6671 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
6673 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
6674 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
6677 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6678 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6680 // Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double where
6681 // such conversions currently can't be handled.
6682 if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSTy, RHSTy)) {
6684 diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LHSTy << RHSTy
6685 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6689 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks cannot be used as expressions of the ternary
6690 // selection operator (?:).
6691 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
6692 (checkBlockType(*this, LHS.get()) | checkBlockType(*this, RHS.get()))) {
6696 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
6697 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
6698 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
6699 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
6700 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
6705 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
6707 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
6708 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
6709 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
6710 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
6711 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
6712 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
6713 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
6716 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
6717 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
6718 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
6719 return checkConditionalVoidType(*this, LHS, RHS);
6722 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
6723 // the type of the other operand."
6724 if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, RHS, LHSTy)) return LHSTy;
6725 if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, LHS, RHSTy)) return RHSTy;
6727 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
6728 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
6730 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
6732 if (!compositeType.isNull())
6733 return compositeType;
6736 // Handle block pointer types.
6737 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType())
6738 return checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS,
6741 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
6742 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType())
6743 return checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS,
6746 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch. Note that
6747 // null pointers have been filtered out by this point.
6748 if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, LHS, RHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
6749 /*isIntFirstExpr=*/true))
6751 if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, RHS, LHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
6752 /*isIntFirstExpr=*/false))
6755 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
6756 // constant and the other is not a pointer type. In this case, the user most
6757 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
6758 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
6761 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
6762 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
6763 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6764 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6768 /// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
6769 /// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
6770 QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6771 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
6772 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6773 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
6775 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
6776 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
6777 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
6778 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
6779 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) {
6780 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6783 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
6784 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) {
6785 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6788 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
6789 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
6790 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) {
6791 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6794 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
6795 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) {
6796 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6799 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
6800 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
6801 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) {
6802 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast);
6805 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
6806 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) {
6807 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_BitCast);
6810 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
6811 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6813 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
6814 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
6817 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6818 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6819 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
6821 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
6822 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
6823 // type. This allows
6824 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
6825 // where B is a subclass of A.
6827 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
6828 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
6829 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
6830 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
6832 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
6833 // It could return the composite type.
6834 if (!(compositeType =
6835 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull()) {
6836 // Nothing more to do.
6837 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
6838 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
6839 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
6840 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
6841 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
6842 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
6843 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
6844 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
6845 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
6846 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
6847 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
6848 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
6849 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
6850 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
6852 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
6854 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6855 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
6856 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
6857 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
6860 // The object pointer types are compatible.
6861 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
6862 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
6863 return compositeType;
6865 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
6866 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6867 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
6868 // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *',
6869 // so these types are not compatible.
6870 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy
6871 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6875 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6876 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6877 QualType destPointee
6878 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
6879 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
6880 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
6881 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
6882 // Promote to void*.
6883 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6886 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
6887 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
6888 // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *',
6889 // so these types are not compatible.
6890 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy
6891 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6895 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6896 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6897 QualType destPointee
6898 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
6899 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
6900 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
6901 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
6902 // Promote to void*.
6903 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
6909 /// SuggestParentheses - Emit a note with a fixit hint that wraps
6910 /// ParenRange in parentheses.
6911 static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6912 const PartialDiagnostic &Note,
6913 SourceRange ParenRange) {
6914 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6915 if (ParenRange.getBegin().isFileID() && ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() &&
6917 Self.Diag(Loc, Note)
6918 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6919 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
6921 // We can't display the parentheses, so just show the bare note.
6922 Self.Diag(Loc, Note) << ParenRange;
6926 static bool IsArithmeticOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
6927 return BinaryOperator::isAdditiveOp(Opc) ||
6928 BinaryOperator::isMultiplicativeOp(Opc) ||
6929 BinaryOperator::isShiftOp(Opc);
6932 /// IsArithmeticBinaryExpr - Returns true if E is an arithmetic binary
6933 /// expression, either using a built-in or overloaded operator,
6934 /// and sets *OpCode to the opcode and *RHSExprs to the right-hand side
6936 static bool IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Expr *E, BinaryOperatorKind *Opcode,
6938 // Don't strip parenthesis: we should not warn if E is in parenthesis.
6939 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
6940 E = E->IgnoreConversionOperator();
6941 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
6943 // Built-in binary operator.
6944 if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6945 if (IsArithmeticOp(OP->getOpcode())) {
6946 *Opcode = OP->getOpcode();
6947 *RHSExprs = OP->getRHS();
6952 // Overloaded operator.
6953 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6954 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 2)
6957 // Make sure this is really a binary operator that is safe to pass into
6958 // BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(), e.g. it's not a subscript op.
6959 OverloadedOperatorKind OO = Call->getOperator();
6960 if (OO < OO_Plus || OO > OO_Arrow ||
6961 OO == OO_PlusPlus || OO == OO_MinusMinus)
6964 BinaryOperatorKind OpKind = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(OO);
6965 if (IsArithmeticOp(OpKind)) {
6967 *RHSExprs = Call->getArg(1);
6975 /// ExprLooksBoolean - Returns true if E looks boolean, i.e. it has boolean type
6976 /// or is a logical expression such as (x==y) which has int type, but is
6977 /// commonly interpreted as boolean.
6978 static bool ExprLooksBoolean(Expr *E) {
6979 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6981 if (E->getType()->isBooleanType())
6983 if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
6984 return OP->isComparisonOp() || OP->isLogicalOp();
6985 if (UnaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
6986 return OP->getOpcode() == UO_LNot;
6987 if (E->getType()->isPointerType())
6993 /// DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence - Emit a warning when a conditional operator
6994 /// and binary operator are mixed in a way that suggests the programmer assumed
6995 /// the conditional operator has higher precedence, for example:
6996 /// "int x = a + someBinaryCondition ? 1 : 2".
6997 static void DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(Sema &Self,
6998 SourceLocation OpLoc,
7002 BinaryOperatorKind CondOpcode;
7005 if (!IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Condition, &CondOpcode, &CondRHS))
7007 if (!ExprLooksBoolean(CondRHS))
7010 // The condition is an arithmetic binary expression, with a right-
7011 // hand side that looks boolean, so warn.
7013 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_conditional)
7014 << Condition->getSourceRange()
7015 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode);
7017 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
7018 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
7019 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode),
7020 SourceRange(Condition->getLocStart(), Condition->getLocEnd()));
7022 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
7023 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_first),
7024 SourceRange(CondRHS->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd()));
7027 /// Compute the nullability of a conditional expression.
7028 static QualType computeConditionalNullability(QualType ResTy, bool IsBin,
7029 QualType LHSTy, QualType RHSTy,
7031 if (!ResTy->isAnyPointerType())
7034 auto GetNullability = [&Ctx](QualType Ty) {
7035 Optional<NullabilityKind> Kind = Ty->getNullability(Ctx);
7038 return NullabilityKind::Unspecified;
7041 auto LHSKind = GetNullability(LHSTy), RHSKind = GetNullability(RHSTy);
7042 NullabilityKind MergedKind;
7044 // Compute nullability of a binary conditional expression.
7046 if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
7047 MergedKind = NullabilityKind::NonNull;
7049 MergedKind = RHSKind;
7050 // Compute nullability of a normal conditional expression.
7052 if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::Nullable ||
7053 RHSKind == NullabilityKind::Nullable)
7054 MergedKind = NullabilityKind::Nullable;
7055 else if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
7056 MergedKind = RHSKind;
7057 else if (RHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
7058 MergedKind = LHSKind;
7060 MergedKind = NullabilityKind::Unspecified;
7063 // Return if ResTy already has the correct nullability.
7064 if (GetNullability(ResTy) == MergedKind)
7067 // Strip all nullability from ResTy.
7068 while (ResTy->getNullability(Ctx))
7069 ResTy = ResTy.getSingleStepDesugaredType(Ctx);
7071 // Create a new AttributedType with the new nullability kind.
7072 auto NewAttr = AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(MergedKind);
7073 return Ctx.getAttributedType(NewAttr, ResTy, ResTy);
7076 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
7077 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
7078 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
7079 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7080 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
7082 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7083 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes in the condition because it
7084 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
7085 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
7086 ExprResult CondResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(CondExpr);
7087 ExprResult LHSResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(LHSExpr);
7088 ExprResult RHSResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(RHSExpr);
7090 if (!CondResult.isUsable())
7094 if (!LHSResult.isUsable())
7098 if (!RHSResult.isUsable())
7101 CondExpr = CondResult.get();
7102 LHSExpr = LHSResult.get();
7103 RHSExpr = RHSResult.get();
7106 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
7107 // was the condition.
7108 OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue = nullptr;
7109 Expr *commonExpr = nullptr;
7111 commonExpr = CondExpr;
7112 // Lower out placeholder types first. This is important so that we don't
7113 // try to capture a placeholder. This happens in few cases in C++; such
7114 // as Objective-C++'s dictionary subscripting syntax.
7115 if (commonExpr->hasPlaceholderType()) {
7116 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(commonExpr);
7117 if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
7118 commonExpr = result.get();
7120 // We usually want to apply unary conversions *before* saving, except
7121 // in the special case of a C++ l-value conditional.
7122 if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7123 && !commonExpr->isTypeDependent()
7124 && commonExpr->getValueKind() == RHSExpr->getValueKind()
7125 && commonExpr->isGLValue()
7126 && commonExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
7127 && RHSExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
7128 && Context.hasSameType(commonExpr->getType(), RHSExpr->getType()))) {
7129 ExprResult commonRes = UsualUnaryConversions(commonExpr);
7130 if (commonRes.isInvalid())
7132 commonExpr = commonRes.get();
7135 opaqueValue = new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(commonExpr->getExprLoc(),
7136 commonExpr->getType(),
7137 commonExpr->getValueKind(),
7138 commonExpr->getObjectKind(),
7140 LHSExpr = CondExpr = opaqueValue;
7143 QualType LHSTy = LHSExpr->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExpr->getType();
7144 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
7145 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
7146 ExprResult Cond = CondExpr, LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr;
7147 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS,
7148 VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
7149 if (result.isNull() || Cond.isInvalid() || LHS.isInvalid() ||
7153 DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(*this, QuestionLoc, Cond.get(), LHS.get(),
7156 CheckBoolLikeConversion(Cond.get(), QuestionLoc);
7158 result = computeConditionalNullability(result, commonExpr, LHSTy, RHSTy,
7162 return new (Context)
7163 ConditionalOperator(Cond.get(), QuestionLoc, LHS.get(), ColonLoc,
7164 RHS.get(), result, VK, OK);
7166 return new (Context) BinaryConditionalOperator(
7167 commonExpr, opaqueValue, Cond.get(), LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
7168 ColonLoc, result, VK, OK);
7171 // checkPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
7172 // being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
7173 // routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
7174 // This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
7175 // FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
7176 static Sema::AssignConvertType
7177 checkPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) {
7178 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!");
7179 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!");
7181 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
7182 const Type *lhptee, *rhptee;
7183 Qualifiers lhq, rhq;
7184 std::tie(lhptee, lhq) =
7185 cast<PointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair();
7186 std::tie(rhptee, rhq) =
7187 cast<PointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair();
7189 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;
7191 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
7192 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
7193 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
7195 // As a special case, 'non-__weak A *' -> 'non-__weak const *' is okay.
7196 if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime() &&
7197 lhq.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(rhq)) {
7198 // Ignore lifetime for further calculation.
7199 lhq.removeObjCLifetime();
7200 rhq.removeObjCLifetime();
7203 if (!lhq.compatiblyIncludes(rhq)) {
7204 // Treat address-space mismatches as fatal. TODO: address subspaces
7205 if (!lhq.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(rhq))
7206 ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
7208 // It's okay to add or remove GC or lifetime qualifiers when converting to
7210 else if (lhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime()
7211 .compatiblyIncludes(
7212 rhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime())
7213 && (lhptee->isVoidType() || rhptee->isVoidType()))
7216 // Treat lifetime mismatches as fatal.
7217 else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime())
7218 ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
7220 // For GCC/MS compatibility, other qualifier mismatches are treated
7221 // as still compatible in C.
7222 else ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
7225 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
7226 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
7227 // version of void...
7228 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
7229 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
7232 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
7233 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
7234 return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
7237 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
7238 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
7241 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
7242 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
7243 return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
7246 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
7247 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
7248 QualType ltrans = QualType(lhptee, 0), rtrans = QualType(rhptee, 0);
7249 if (!S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ltrans, rtrans)) {
7250 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
7251 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
7252 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
7253 if (lhptee->isCharType())
7254 ltrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
7255 else if (lhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
7256 ltrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(ltrans);
7258 if (rhptee->isCharType())
7259 rtrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
7260 else if (rhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
7261 rtrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rtrans);
7263 if (ltrans == rtrans) {
7264 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
7265 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
7266 // warning can be disabled.
7267 if (ConvTy != Sema::Compatible)
7270 return Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign;
7273 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
7274 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
7275 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
7276 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
7277 if (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee)) {
7279 lhptee = cast<PointerType>(lhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
7280 rhptee = cast<PointerType>(rhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
7281 } while (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee));
7283 if (lhptee == rhptee)
7284 return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
7287 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
7288 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
7290 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7291 S.IsFunctionConversion(ltrans, rtrans, ltrans))
7292 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
7296 /// checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
7297 /// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
7298 /// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
7300 static Sema::AssignConvertType
7301 checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
7303 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!");
7304 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!");
7306 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
7308 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
7309 lhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType();
7310 rhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType();
7312 // In C++, the types have to match exactly.
7313 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
7314 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
7316 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;
7318 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
7319 if (lhptee.getLocalQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalQualifiers())
7320 ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
7322 if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(LHSType, RHSType))
7323 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
7328 /// checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
7329 /// for assignment compatibility.
7330 static Sema::AssignConvertType
7331 checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
7333 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS was not canonicalized!");
7334 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS was not canonicalized!");
7336 if (LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
7337 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
7338 if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() && !RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
7339 !RHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
7340 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
7341 return Sema::Compatible;
7343 if (RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
7344 if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() && !LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
7345 !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
7346 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
7347 return Sema::Compatible;
7349 QualType lhptee = LHSType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7350 QualType rhptee = RHSType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7352 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee) &&
7353 // make an exception for id<P>
7354 !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
7355 return Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
7357 if (S.Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType))
7358 return Sema::Compatible;
7359 if (LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
7360 return Sema::IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
7361 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
7364 Sema::AssignConvertType
7365 Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
7366 QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) {
7367 // Fake up an opaque expression. We don't actually care about what
7368 // cast operations are required, so if CheckAssignmentConstraints
7369 // adds casts to this they'll be wasted, but fortunately that doesn't
7370 // usually happen on valid code.
7371 OpaqueValueExpr RHSExpr(Loc, RHSType, VK_RValue);
7372 ExprResult RHSPtr = &RHSExpr;
7373 CastKind K = CK_Invalid;
7375 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSPtr, K, /*ConvertRHS=*/false);
7378 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
7379 /// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
7380 /// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
7384 /// struct foo *pfoo;
7386 /// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
7387 /// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
7388 /// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
7389 /// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
7391 /// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
7392 /// C99 spec dictates.
7394 /// Sets 'Kind' for any result kind except Incompatible.
7395 Sema::AssignConvertType
7396 Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS,
7397 CastKind &Kind, bool ConvertRHS) {
7398 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
7399 QualType OrigLHSType = LHSType;
7401 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
7403 LHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(LHSType).getUnqualifiedType();
7404 RHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(RHSType).getUnqualifiedType();
7406 // Common case: no conversion required.
7407 if (LHSType == RHSType) {
7412 // If we have an atomic type, try a non-atomic assignment, then just add an
7413 // atomic qualification step.
7414 if (const AtomicType *AtomicTy = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(LHSType)) {
7415 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
7416 CheckAssignmentConstraints(AtomicTy->getValueType(), RHS, Kind);
7417 if (result != Compatible)
7419 if (Kind != CK_NoOp && ConvertRHS)
7420 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), AtomicTy->getValueType(), Kind);
7421 Kind = CK_NonAtomicToAtomic;
7425 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
7426 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
7427 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
7428 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
7429 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
7430 // LHSType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
7432 if (const ReferenceType *LHSTypeRef = LHSType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
7433 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSTypeRef->getPointeeType(), RHSType)) {
7434 Kind = CK_LValueBitCast;
7437 return Incompatible;
7440 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
7441 // to the same ExtVector type.
7442 if (LHSType->isExtVectorType()) {
7443 if (RHSType->isExtVectorType())
7444 return Incompatible;
7445 if (RHSType->isArithmeticType()) {
7446 // CK_VectorSplat does T -> vector T, so first cast to the element type.
7448 RHS = prepareVectorSplat(LHSType, RHS.get());
7449 Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
7454 // Conversions to or from vector type.
7455 if (LHSType->isVectorType() || RHSType->isVectorType()) {
7456 if (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) {
7457 // Allow assignments of an AltiVec vector type to an equivalent GCC
7458 // vector type and vice versa
7459 if (Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
7464 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
7465 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
7466 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
7467 if (isLaxVectorConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) {
7469 return IncompatibleVectors;
7473 // When the RHS comes from another lax conversion (e.g. binops between
7474 // scalars and vectors) the result is canonicalized as a vector. When the
7475 // LHS is also a vector, the lax is allowed by the condition above. Handle
7476 // the case where LHS is a scalar.
7477 if (LHSType->isScalarType()) {
7478 const VectorType *VecType = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
7479 if (VecType && VecType->getNumElements() == 1 &&
7480 isLaxVectorConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) {
7481 ExprResult *VecExpr = &RHS;
7482 *VecExpr = ImpCastExprToType(VecExpr->get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
7488 return Incompatible;
7491 // Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double where
7492 // such conversions currently can't be handled.
7493 if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSType, RHSType))
7494 return Incompatible;
7496 // Arithmetic conversions.
7497 if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType() &&
7498 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHSType->isEnumeralType())) {
7500 Kind = PrepareScalarCast(RHS, LHSType);
7504 // Conversions to normal pointers.
7505 if (const PointerType *LHSPointer = dyn_cast<PointerType>(LHSType)) {
7507 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
7508 unsigned AddrSpaceL = LHSPointer->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
7509 unsigned AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
7510 Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast;
7511 return checkPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
7515 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7516 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null?
7517 return IntToPointer;
7520 // C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
7521 // with two exceptions:
7522 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) {
7523 // - conversions to void*
7524 if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
7529 // - conversions from 'Class' to the redefinition type
7530 if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() &&
7531 Context.hasSameType(LHSType,
7532 Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) {
7538 return IncompatiblePointer;
7542 if (RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
7543 if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
7549 return Incompatible;
7552 // Conversions to block pointers.
7553 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)) {
7555 if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
7557 return checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
7560 // int or null -> T^
7561 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7562 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
7563 return IntToBlockPointer;
7567 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && RHSType->isObjCIdType()) {
7568 Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
7573 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
7574 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
7575 Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
7579 return Incompatible;
7582 // Conversions to Objective-C pointers.
7583 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(LHSType)) {
7585 if (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
7587 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
7588 checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
7589 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7590 result == Compatible &&
7591 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(OrigLHSType, RHSType))
7592 result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
7596 // int or null -> A*
7597 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7598 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
7599 return IntToPointer;
7602 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
7603 // with two exceptions:
7604 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
7605 Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
7607 // - conversions from 'void*'
7608 if (RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) {
7612 // - conversions to 'Class' from its redefinition type
7613 if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() &&
7614 Context.hasSameType(RHSType,
7615 Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) {
7619 return IncompatiblePointer;
7622 // Only under strict condition T^ is compatible with an Objective-C pointer.
7623 if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType() &&
7624 LHSType->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(Context)) {
7626 maybeExtendBlockObject(RHS);
7627 Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
7631 return Incompatible;
7634 // Conversions from pointers that are not covered by the above.
7635 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
7637 if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) {
7638 Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
7643 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7644 Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
7645 return PointerToInt;
7648 return Incompatible;
7651 // Conversions from Objective-C pointers that are not covered by the above.
7652 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) {
7654 if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) {
7655 Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
7660 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7661 Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
7662 return PointerToInt;
7665 return Incompatible;
7668 // struct A -> struct B
7669 if (isa<TagType>(LHSType) && isa<TagType>(RHSType)) {
7670 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) {
7676 if (LHSType->isSamplerT() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
7677 Kind = CK_IntToOCLSampler;
7681 return Incompatible;
7684 /// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
7685 /// used to initialize the transparent union.
7686 static void ConstructTransparentUnion(Sema &S, ASTContext &C,
7687 ExprResult &EResult, QualType UnionType,
7689 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
7690 // of the transparent union.
7691 Expr *E = EResult.get();
7692 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(),
7693 E, SourceLocation());
7694 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
7695 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
7697 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
7698 // union type from this initializer list.
7699 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
7700 EResult = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
7701 VK_RValue, Initializer, false);
7704 Sema::AssignConvertType
7705 Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
7707 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
7709 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
7710 // transparent_union GCC extension.
7711 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
7712 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
7713 return Incompatible;
7715 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
7716 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
7717 FieldDecl *InitField = nullptr;
7718 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
7719 for (auto *it : UD->fields()) {
7720 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
7721 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
7723 // 2) null pointer constant
7724 if (RHSType->isPointerType())
7725 if (RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
7726 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), CK_BitCast);
7731 if (RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
7732 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
7733 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(),
7740 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
7741 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), RHS, Kind)
7743 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), Kind);
7750 return Incompatible;
7752 ConstructTransparentUnion(*this, Context, RHS, ArgType, InitField);
7756 Sema::AssignConvertType
7757 Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &CallerRHS,
7759 bool DiagnoseCFAudited,
7761 // We need to be able to tell the caller whether we diagnosed a problem, if
7762 // they ask us to issue diagnostics.
7763 assert((ConvertRHS || !Diagnose) && "can't indicate whether we diagnosed");
7765 // If ConvertRHS is false, we want to leave the caller's RHS untouched. Sadly,
7766 // we can't avoid *all* modifications at the moment, so we need some somewhere
7767 // to put the updated value.
7768 ExprResult LocalRHS = CallerRHS;
7769 ExprResult &RHS = ConvertRHS ? CallerRHS : LocalRHS;
7771 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7772 if (!LHSType->isRecordType() && !LHSType->isAtomicType()) {
7773 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
7774 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
7775 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
7776 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
7778 RHS = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
7781 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
7782 TryImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
7783 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
7784 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
7785 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
7787 /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false);
7788 if (ICS.isFailure())
7789 return Incompatible;
7790 RHS = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
7793 if (RHS.isInvalid())
7794 return Incompatible;
7795 Sema::AssignConvertType result = Compatible;
7796 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7797 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(LHSType, RHSType))
7798 result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
7802 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
7804 // FIXME: We also fall through for atomics; not sure what should
7805 // happen there, though.
7806 } else if (RHS.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) {
7807 // As a set of extensions to C, we support overloading on functions. These
7808 // functions need to be resolved here.
7810 if (FunctionDecl *FD = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(
7811 RHS.get(), LHSType, /*Complain=*/false, DAP))
7812 RHS = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(RHS.get(), DAP, FD);
7814 return Incompatible;
7817 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
7818 // a null pointer constant.
7819 if ((LHSType->isPointerType() || LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
7820 LHSType->isBlockPointerType()) &&
7821 RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
7822 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
7823 if (Diagnose || ConvertRHS) {
7826 CheckPointerConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind, Path,
7827 /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false, Diagnose);
7829 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind, VK_RValue, &Path);
7834 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
7835 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
7836 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
7837 // expressions that suppress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
7839 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
7840 if (!LHSType->isReferenceType()) {
7841 // FIXME: We potentially allocate here even if ConvertRHS is false.
7842 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get(), Diagnose);
7843 if (RHS.isInvalid())
7844 return Incompatible;
7847 Expr *PRE = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7848 if (Diagnose && isa<ObjCProtocolExpr>(PRE)) {
7849 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = cast<ObjCProtocolExpr>(PRE)->getProtocol();
7850 if (PDecl && !PDecl->hasDefinition()) {
7851 Diag(PRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_atprotocol_protocol) << PDecl->getName();
7852 Diag(PDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PDecl;
7856 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
7857 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
7858 CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS, Kind, ConvertRHS);
7860 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
7861 // type of the assignment expression.
7862 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
7863 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
7864 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
7865 // does not have reference type.
7866 if (result != Incompatible && RHS.get()->getType() != LHSType) {
7867 QualType Ty = LHSType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
7868 Expr *E = RHS.get();
7870 // Check for various Objective-C errors. If we are not reporting
7871 // diagnostics and just checking for errors, e.g., during overload
7872 // resolution, return Incompatible to indicate the failure.
7873 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7874 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), Ty, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion,
7875 Diagnose, DiagnoseCFAudited) != ACR_okay) {
7877 return Incompatible;
7879 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
7880 (CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(E->getLocStart(), LHSType,
7881 E->getType(), E, Diagnose) ||
7882 ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(LHSType, E, Diagnose))) {
7884 return Incompatible;
7885 // Replace the expression with a corrected version and continue so we
7886 // can find further errors.
7892 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty, Kind);
7897 QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
7899 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
7900 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
7901 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7905 /// Try to convert a value of non-vector type to a vector type by converting
7906 /// the type to the element type of the vector and then performing a splat.
7907 /// If the language is OpenCL, we only use conversions that promote scalar
7908 /// rank; for C, Obj-C, and C++ we allow any real scalar conversion except
7911 /// \param scalar - if non-null, actually perform the conversions
7912 /// \return true if the operation fails (but without diagnosing the failure)
7913 static bool tryVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *scalar,
7915 QualType vectorEltTy,
7916 QualType vectorTy) {
7917 // The conversion to apply to the scalar before splatting it,
7919 CastKind scalarCast = CK_Invalid;
7921 if (vectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
7922 if (!scalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context))
7924 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
7925 S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(vectorEltTy, scalarTy) < 0)
7927 scalarCast = CK_IntegralCast;
7928 } else if (vectorEltTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
7929 if (scalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
7930 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
7931 S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(vectorEltTy, scalarTy) < 0)
7933 scalarCast = CK_FloatingCast;
7935 else if (scalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context))
7936 scalarCast = CK_IntegralToFloating;
7943 // Adjust scalar if desired.
7945 if (scalarCast != CK_Invalid)
7946 *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(scalar->get(), vectorEltTy, scalarCast);
7947 *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(scalar->get(), vectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
7952 QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7953 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
7955 bool AllowBoolConversions) {
7956 if (!IsCompAssign) {
7957 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
7958 if (LHS.isInvalid())
7961 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
7962 if (RHS.isInvalid())
7965 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
7966 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
7967 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
7968 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
7970 const VectorType *LHSVecType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
7971 const VectorType *RHSVecType = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
7972 assert(LHSVecType || RHSVecType);
7974 // AltiVec-style "vector bool op vector bool" combinations are allowed
7975 // for some operators but not others.
7976 if (!AllowBothBool &&
7977 LHSVecType && LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
7978 RHSVecType && RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool)
7979 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
7981 // If the vector types are identical, return.
7982 if (Context.hasSameType(LHSType, RHSType))
7985 // If we have compatible AltiVec and GCC vector types, use the AltiVec type.
7986 if (LHSVecType && RHSVecType &&
7987 Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
7988 if (isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
7989 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
7994 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
7998 // AllowBoolConversions says that bool and non-bool AltiVec vectors
7999 // can be mixed, with the result being the non-bool type. The non-bool
8000 // operand must have integer element type.
8001 if (AllowBoolConversions && LHSVecType && RHSVecType &&
8002 LHSVecType->getNumElements() == RHSVecType->getNumElements() &&
8003 (Context.getTypeSize(LHSVecType->getElementType()) ==
8004 Context.getTypeSize(RHSVecType->getElementType()))) {
8005 if (LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector &&
8006 LHSVecType->getElementType()->isIntegerType() &&
8007 RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool) {
8008 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
8011 if (!IsCompAssign &&
8012 LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
8013 RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector &&
8014 RHSVecType->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) {
8015 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
8020 // If there's an ext-vector type and a scalar, try to convert the scalar to
8021 // the vector element type and splat.
8022 // FIXME: this should also work for regular vector types as supported in GCC.
8023 if (!RHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
8024 if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, RHSType,
8025 LHSVecType->getElementType(), LHSType))
8028 if (!LHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType)) {
8029 if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, (IsCompAssign ? nullptr : &LHS),
8030 LHSType, RHSVecType->getElementType(),
8035 // FIXME: The code below also handles convertion between vectors and
8036 // non-scalars, we should break this down into fine grained specific checks
8037 // and emit proper diagnostics.
8038 QualType VecType = LHSVecType ? LHSType : RHSType;
8039 const VectorType *VT = LHSVecType ? LHSVecType : RHSVecType;
8040 QualType OtherType = LHSVecType ? RHSType : LHSType;
8041 ExprResult *OtherExpr = LHSVecType ? &RHS : &LHS;
8042 if (isLaxVectorConversion(OtherType, VecType)) {
8043 // If we're allowing lax vector conversions, only the total (data) size
8044 // needs to be the same. For non compound assignment, if one of the types is
8045 // scalar, the result is always the vector type.
8046 if (!IsCompAssign) {
8047 *OtherExpr = ImpCastExprToType(OtherExpr->get(), VecType, CK_BitCast);
8049 // In a compound assignment, lhs += rhs, 'lhs' is a lvalue src, forbidding
8050 // any implicit cast. Here, the 'rhs' should be implicit casted to 'lhs'
8051 // type. Note that this is already done by non-compound assignments in
8052 // CheckAssignmentConstraints. If it's a scalar type, only bitcast for
8053 // <1 x T> -> T. The result is also a vector type.
8054 } else if (OtherType->isExtVectorType() ||
8055 (OtherType->isScalarType() && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) {
8056 ExprResult *RHSExpr = &RHS;
8057 *RHSExpr = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExpr->get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
8062 // Okay, the expression is invalid.
8064 // If there's a non-vector, non-real operand, diagnose that.
8065 if ((!RHSVecType && !RHSType->isRealType()) ||
8066 (!LHSVecType && !LHSType->isRealType())) {
8067 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_non_scalar)
8068 << LHSType << RHSType
8069 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8073 // OpenCL V1.1 6.2.6.p1:
8074 // If the operands are of more than one vector type, then an error shall
8075 // occur. Implicit conversions between vector types are not permitted, per
8077 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
8078 RHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType) &&
8079 LHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
8080 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_implicit_vector_conversion) << LHSType
8085 // Otherwise, use the generic diagnostic.
8086 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
8087 << LHSType << RHSType
8088 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8092 // checkArithmeticNull - Detect when a NULL constant is used improperly in an
8093 // expression. These are mainly cases where the null pointer is used as an
8094 // integer instead of a pointer.
8095 static void checkArithmeticNull(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8096 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompare) {
8097 // The canonical way to check for a GNU null is with isNullPointerConstant,
8098 // but we use a bit of a hack here for speed; this is a relatively
8099 // hot path, and isNullPointerConstant is slow.
8100 bool LHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8101 bool RHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
8103 QualType NonNullType = LHSNull ? RHS.get()->getType() : LHS.get()->getType();
8105 // Avoid analyzing cases where the result will either be invalid (and
8106 // diagnosed as such) or entirely valid and not something to warn about.
8107 if ((!LHSNull && !RHSNull) || NonNullType->isBlockPointerType() ||
8108 NonNullType->isMemberPointerType() || NonNullType->isFunctionType())
8111 // Comparison operations would not make sense with a null pointer no matter
8112 // what the other expression is.
8114 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_arithmetic_operation)
8115 << (LHSNull ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
8116 << (RHSNull ? RHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
8120 // The rest of the operations only make sense with a null pointer
8121 // if the other expression is a pointer.
8122 if (LHSNull == RHSNull || NonNullType->isAnyPointerType() ||
8123 NonNullType->canDecayToPointerType())
8126 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_comparison_operation)
8127 << LHSNull /* LHS is NULL */ << NonNullType
8128 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8131 static void DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS,
8133 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsDiv) {
8134 // Check for division/remainder by zero.
8135 llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
8136 if (!RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
8137 RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(RHSValue, S.Context) && RHSValue == 0)
8138 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
8139 S.PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_division_by_zero)
8140 << IsDiv << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
8143 QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8145 bool IsCompAssign, bool IsDiv) {
8146 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
8148 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8149 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
8150 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign,
8151 /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec,
8152 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
8154 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, IsCompAssign);
8155 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8159 if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isArithmeticType())
8160 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8162 DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsDiv);
8166 QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
8167 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
8168 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
8170 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8171 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
8172 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
8173 RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
8174 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign,
8175 /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec,
8176 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
8177 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8180 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, IsCompAssign);
8181 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8184 if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isIntegerType())
8185 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8186 DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, false /* IsDiv */);
8190 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two void pointers.
8191 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8192 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8193 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8194 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
8195 : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
8196 << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
8197 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
8200 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a void pointer.
8201 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8203 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8204 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
8205 : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
8206 << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getSourceRange();
8209 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two function pointers.
8210 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8211 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
8212 assert(LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8213 assert(RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8214 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8215 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
8216 : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
8217 << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
8218 // We only show the second type if it differs from the first.
8219 << (unsigned)!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS->getType(),
8221 << RHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
8222 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
8225 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a function pointer.
8226 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8228 assert(Pointer->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8229 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8230 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
8231 : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
8232 << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getType()->getPointeeType()
8233 << 0 /* one pointer, so only one type */
8234 << Pointer->getSourceRange();
8237 /// \brief Emit error if Operand is incomplete pointer type
8239 /// \returns True if pointer has incomplete type
8240 static bool checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8242 QualType ResType = Operand->getType();
8243 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
8244 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
8246 assert(ResType->isAnyPointerType() && !ResType->isDependentType());
8247 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
8248 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
8249 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
8250 PointeeTy, Operand->getSourceRange());
8253 /// \brief Check the validity of an arithmetic pointer operand.
8255 /// If the operand has pointer type, this code will check for pointer types
8256 /// which are invalid in arithmetic operations. These will be diagnosed
8257 /// appropriately, including whether or not the use is supported as an
8260 /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
8261 static bool checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8263 QualType ResType = Operand->getType();
8264 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
8265 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
8267 if (!ResType->isAnyPointerType()) return true;
8269 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
8270 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
8271 diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
8272 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
8274 if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
8275 diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
8276 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
8279 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, Operand)) return false;
8284 /// \brief Check the validity of a binary arithmetic operation w.r.t. pointer
8287 /// This routine will diagnose any invalid arithmetic on pointer operands much
8288 /// like \see checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand. However, it has special logic
8289 /// for emitting a single diagnostic even for operations where both LHS and RHS
8290 /// are (potentially problematic) pointers.
8292 /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
8293 static bool checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8294 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8295 bool isLHSPointer = LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
8296 bool isRHSPointer = RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
8297 if (!isLHSPointer && !isRHSPointer) return true;
8299 QualType LHSPointeeTy, RHSPointeeTy;
8300 if (isLHSPointer) LHSPointeeTy = LHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType();
8301 if (isRHSPointer) RHSPointeeTy = RHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType();
8303 // if both are pointers check if operation is valid wrt address spaces
8304 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && isLHSPointer && isRHSPointer) {
8305 const PointerType *lhsPtr = LHSExpr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
8306 const PointerType *rhsPtr = RHSExpr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
8307 if (!lhsPtr->isAddressSpaceOverlapping(*rhsPtr)) {
8309 diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers)
8310 << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << 1 /*arithmetic op*/
8311 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
8316 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
8317 bool isLHSVoidPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
8318 bool isRHSVoidPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
8319 if (isLHSVoidPtr || isRHSVoidPtr) {
8320 if (!isRHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr);
8321 else if (!isLHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, RHSExpr);
8322 else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
8324 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
8327 bool isLHSFuncPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
8328 bool isRHSFuncPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
8329 if (isLHSFuncPtr || isRHSFuncPtr) {
8330 if (!isRHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr);
8331 else if (!isLHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc,
8333 else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
8335 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
8338 if (isLHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, LHSExpr))
8340 if (isRHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, RHSExpr))
8346 /// diagnoseStringPlusInt - Emit a warning when adding an integer to a string
8348 static void diagnoseStringPlusInt(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8349 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8350 StringLiteral* StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
8351 Expr* IndexExpr = RHSExpr;
8353 StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
8354 IndexExpr = LHSExpr;
8357 bool IsStringPlusInt = StrExpr &&
8358 IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType();
8359 if (!IsStringPlusInt || IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
8363 if (IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Self.getASTContext())) {
8364 unsigned StrLenWithNull = StrExpr->getLength() + 1;
8365 if (index.isNonNegative() &&
8366 index <= llvm::APSInt(llvm::APInt(index.getBitWidth(), StrLenWithNull),
8367 index.isUnsigned()))
8371 SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
8372 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_int)
8373 << DiagRange << IndexExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType();
8375 // Only print a fixit for "str" + int, not for int + "str".
8376 if (IndexExpr == RHSExpr) {
8377 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
8378 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence)
8379 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), "&")
8380 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[")
8381 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]");
8383 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence);
8386 /// \brief Emit a warning when adding a char literal to a string.
8387 static void diagnoseStringPlusChar(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8388 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8389 const Expr *StringRefExpr = LHSExpr;
8390 const CharacterLiteral *CharExpr =
8391 dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
8394 CharExpr = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
8395 StringRefExpr = RHSExpr;
8398 if (!CharExpr || !StringRefExpr)
8401 const QualType StringType = StringRefExpr->getType();
8403 // Return if not a PointerType.
8404 if (!StringType->isAnyPointerType())
8407 // Return if not a CharacterType.
8408 if (!StringType->getPointeeType()->isAnyCharacterType())
8411 ASTContext &Ctx = Self.getASTContext();
8412 SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
8414 const QualType CharType = CharExpr->getType();
8415 if (!CharType->isAnyCharacterType() &&
8416 CharType->isIntegerType() &&
8417 llvm::isUIntN(Ctx.getCharWidth(), CharExpr->getValue())) {
8418 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char)
8419 << DiagRange << Ctx.CharTy;
8421 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char)
8422 << DiagRange << CharExpr->getType();
8425 // Only print a fixit for str + char, not for char + str.
8426 if (isa<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts())) {
8427 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
8428 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence)
8429 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), "&")
8430 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[")
8431 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]");
8433 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence);
8437 /// \brief Emit error when two pointers are incompatible.
8438 static void diagnosePointerIncompatibility(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8439 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
8440 assert(LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8441 assert(RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8442 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
8443 << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
8444 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
8448 QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8449 SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
8450 QualType* CompLHSTy) {
8451 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
8453 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8454 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
8455 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(
8456 LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy,
8457 /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec,
8458 /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector);
8459 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
8463 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, CompLHSTy);
8464 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8467 // Diagnose "string literal" '+' int and string '+' "char literal".
8468 if (Opc == BO_Add) {
8469 diagnoseStringPlusInt(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8470 diagnoseStringPlusChar(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8473 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
8474 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) {
8475 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
8479 // Type-checking. Ultimately the pointer's going to be in PExp;
8480 // note that we bias towards the LHS being the pointer.
8481 Expr *PExp = LHS.get(), *IExp = RHS.get();
8484 if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) {
8485 isObjCPointer = false;
8486 } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
8487 isObjCPointer = true;
8489 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
8490 if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) {
8491 isObjCPointer = false;
8492 } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
8493 isObjCPointer = true;
8495 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8498 assert(PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
8500 if (!IExp->getType()->isIntegerType())
8501 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8503 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, PExp))
8506 if (isObjCPointer && checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, PExp))
8509 // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic
8510 CheckArrayAccess(PExp, IExp);
8513 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get());
8514 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
8515 LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
8516 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
8517 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
8522 return PExp->getType();
8526 QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8528 QualType* CompLHSTy) {
8529 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
8531 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8532 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
8533 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(
8534 LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy,
8535 /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec,
8536 /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector);
8537 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
8541 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, CompLHSTy);
8542 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8545 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
8547 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
8548 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) {
8549 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
8553 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
8554 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
8555 QualType lpointee = LHS.get()->getType()->getPointeeType();
8557 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
8558 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8559 checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, LHS.get()))
8562 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
8563 if (RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
8564 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, LHS.get()))
8567 // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic
8568 CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), /*ArraySubscriptExpr*/nullptr,
8569 /*AllowOnePastEnd*/true, /*IndexNegated*/true);
8571 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
8572 return LHS.get()->getType();
8575 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
8576 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy
8577 = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
8578 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
8580 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8581 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
8582 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
8583 diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8586 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
8587 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
8588 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
8589 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
8590 diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
8595 if (!checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(*this, Loc,
8596 LHS.get(), RHS.get()))
8599 // The pointee type may have zero size. As an extension, a structure or
8600 // union may have zero size or an array may have zero length. In this
8601 // case subtraction does not make sense.
8602 if (!rpointee->isVoidType() && !rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
8603 CharUnits ElementSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(rpointee);
8604 if (ElementSize.isZero()) {
8605 Diag(Loc,diag::warn_sub_ptr_zero_size_types)
8606 << rpointee.getUnqualifiedType()
8607 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8611 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
8612 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
8616 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8619 static bool isScopedEnumerationType(QualType T) {
8620 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
8621 return ET->getDecl()->isScoped();
8625 static void DiagnoseBadShiftValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8626 SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
8628 // OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS (more defined),
8629 // so skip remaining warnings as we don't want to modify values within Sema.
8630 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL)
8634 // Check right/shifter operand
8635 if (RHS.get()->isValueDependent() ||
8636 !RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Right, S.Context))
8639 if (Right.isNegative()) {
8640 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
8641 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_negative)
8642 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
8645 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
8646 S.Context.getTypeSize(LHS.get()->getType()));
8647 if (Right.uge(LeftBits)) {
8648 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
8649 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth)
8650 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
8656 // When left shifting an ICE which is signed, we can check for overflow which
8657 // according to C++ has undefined behavior ([expr.shift] 5.8/2). Unsigned
8658 // integers have defined behavior modulo one more than the maximum value
8659 // representable in the result type, so never warn for those.
8661 if (LHS.get()->isValueDependent() ||
8662 LHSType->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() ||
8663 !LHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Left, S.Context))
8666 // If LHS does not have a signed type and non-negative value
8667 // then, the behavior is undefined. Warn about it.
8668 if (Left.isNegative() && !S.getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined()) {
8669 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, LHS.get(),
8670 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_lhs_negative)
8671 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange());
8675 llvm::APInt ResultBits =
8676 static_cast<llvm::APInt&>(Right) + Left.getMinSignedBits();
8677 if (LeftBits.uge(ResultBits))
8679 llvm::APSInt Result = Left.extend(ResultBits.getLimitedValue());
8680 Result = Result.shl(Right);
8682 // Print the bit representation of the signed integer as an unsigned
8683 // hexadecimal number.
8684 SmallString<40> HexResult;
8685 Result.toString(HexResult, 16, /*Signed =*/false, /*Literal =*/true);
8687 // If we are only missing a sign bit, this is less likely to result in actual
8688 // bugs -- if the result is cast back to an unsigned type, it will have the
8689 // expected value. Thus we place this behind a different warning that can be
8690 // turned off separately if needed.
8691 if (LeftBits == ResultBits - 1) {
8692 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_sets_sign_bit)
8693 << HexResult << LHSType
8694 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8698 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_gt_typewidth)
8699 << HexResult.str() << Result.getMinSignedBits() << LHSType
8700 << Left.getBitWidth() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
8701 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8704 /// \brief Return the resulting type when a vector is shifted
8705 /// by a scalar or vector shift amount.
8706 static QualType checkVectorShift(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8707 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
8708 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says RHS can be a vector only if LHS is a vector.
8709 if ((S.LangOpts.OpenCL || S.LangOpts.ZVector) &&
8710 !LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
8711 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_shift_rhs_only_vector)
8712 << RHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getType()
8713 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8717 if (!IsCompAssign) {
8718 LHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
8719 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
8722 RHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
8723 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
8725 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
8726 // Note that LHS might be a scalar because the routine calls not only in
8728 const VectorType *LHSVecTy = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
8729 QualType LHSEleType = LHSVecTy ? LHSVecTy->getElementType() : LHSType;
8731 // Note that RHS might not be a vector.
8732 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
8733 const VectorType *RHSVecTy = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
8734 QualType RHSEleType = RHSVecTy ? RHSVecTy->getElementType() : RHSType;
8736 // The operands need to be integers.
8737 if (!LHSEleType->isIntegerType()) {
8738 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int)
8739 << LHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8743 if (!RHSEleType->isIntegerType()) {
8744 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int)
8745 << RHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8753 if (LHSEleType != RHSEleType) {
8754 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(),RHSEleType, CK_IntegralCast);
8755 LHSEleType = RHSEleType;
8758 S.Context.getExtVectorType(LHSEleType, RHSVecTy->getNumElements());
8759 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), VecTy, CK_VectorSplat);
8761 } else if (RHSVecTy) {
8762 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says that for vector types, the operators
8763 // are applied component-wise. So if RHS is a vector, then ensure
8764 // that the number of elements is the same as LHS...
8765 if (RHSVecTy->getNumElements() != LHSVecTy->getNumElements()) {
8766 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_lengths_not_equal)
8767 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
8768 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8772 // ...else expand RHS to match the number of elements in LHS.
8774 S.Context.getExtVectorType(RHSEleType, LHSVecTy->getNumElements());
8775 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), VecTy, CK_VectorSplat);
8782 QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8783 SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
8784 bool IsCompAssign) {
8785 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
8787 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
8788 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8789 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
8790 if (LangOpts.ZVector) {
8791 // The shift operators for the z vector extensions work basically
8792 // like general shifts, except that neither the LHS nor the RHS is
8793 // allowed to be a "vector bool".
8794 if (auto LHSVecType = LHS.get()->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
8795 if (LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool)
8796 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8797 if (auto RHSVecType = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
8798 if (RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool)
8799 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8801 return checkVectorShift(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
8804 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
8805 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
8807 // For the LHS, do usual unary conversions, but then reset them away
8808 // if this is a compound assignment.
8809 ExprResult OldLHS = LHS;
8810 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
8811 if (LHS.isInvalid())
8813 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
8814 if (IsCompAssign) LHS = OldLHS;
8816 // The RHS is simpler.
8817 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
8818 if (RHS.isInvalid())
8820 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
8822 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
8823 if (!LHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
8824 !RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
8825 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8827 // C++0x: Don't allow scoped enums. FIXME: Use something better than
8828 // hasIntegerRepresentation() above instead of this.
8829 if (isScopedEnumerationType(LHSType) ||
8830 isScopedEnumerationType(RHSType)) {
8831 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
8833 // Sanity-check shift operands
8834 DiagnoseBadShiftValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc, LHSType);
8836 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
8840 static bool IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(Decl *D) {
8841 if (DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext()) {
8842 if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(DC))
8844 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
8845 return FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
8850 /// If two different enums are compared, raise a warning.
8851 static void checkEnumComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS,
8853 QualType LHSStrippedType = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
8854 QualType RHSStrippedType = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
8856 const EnumType *LHSEnumType = LHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>();
8859 const EnumType *RHSEnumType = RHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>();
8863 // Ignore anonymous enums.
8864 if (!LHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
8866 if (!RHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
8869 if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSStrippedType, RHSStrippedType))
8872 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_comparison_of_mixed_enum_types)
8873 << LHSStrippedType << RHSStrippedType
8874 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
8877 /// \brief Diagnose bad pointer comparisons.
8878 static void diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8879 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8881 S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers
8882 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
8883 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
8884 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8887 /// \brief Returns false if the pointers are converted to a composite type,
8889 static bool convertPointersToCompositeType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8890 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS) {
8891 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
8892 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
8893 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
8894 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
8895 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
8897 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
8898 // comparisons of pointers.
8901 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
8902 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
8903 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
8904 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
8905 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
8906 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
8907 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
8908 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
8911 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
8912 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
8913 assert((LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) ||
8914 (LHSType->isMemberPointerType() && RHSType->isMemberPointerType()));
8916 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
8917 bool *BoolPtr = S.isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr : &NonStandardCompositeType;
8918 QualType T = S.FindCompositePointerType(Loc, LHS, RHS, BoolPtr);
8920 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(S, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/true);
8924 if (NonStandardCompositeType)
8925 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
8926 << LHSType << RHSType << T << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
8927 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8929 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), T, CK_BitCast);
8930 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), T, CK_BitCast);
8934 static void diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
8938 S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void
8939 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
8940 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
8941 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8944 static bool isObjCObjectLiteral(ExprResult &E) {
8945 switch (E.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getStmtClass()) {
8946 case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
8947 case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
8948 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
8949 case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
8952 // Note that ObjCBoolLiteral is NOT an object literal!
8957 static bool hasIsEqualMethod(Sema &S, const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS) {
8958 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Type =
8959 LHS->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
8961 // If this is not actually an Objective-C object, bail out.
8965 // Get the LHS object's interface type.
8966 QualType InterfaceType = Type->getPointeeType();
8968 // If the RHS isn't an Objective-C object, bail out.
8969 if (!RHS->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8972 // Try to find the -isEqual: method.
8973 Selector IsEqualSel = S.NSAPIObj->getIsEqualSelector();
8974 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = S.LookupMethodInObjectType(IsEqualSel,
8978 if (Type->isObjCIdType()) {
8979 // For 'id', just check the global pool.
8980 Method = S.LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(IsEqualSel, SourceRange(),
8981 /*receiverId=*/true);
8984 Method = S.LookupMethodInQualifiedType(IsEqualSel, Type,
8992 QualType T = Method->parameters()[0]->getType();
8993 if (!T->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8996 QualType R = Method->getReturnType();
8997 if (!R->isScalarType())
9003 Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Sema::CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE) {
9004 FromE = FromE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9005 switch (FromE->getStmtClass()) {
9008 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
9011 case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
9014 case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
9015 // "dictionary literal"
9016 return LK_Dictionary;
9017 case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
9019 case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass: {
9020 Expr *Inner = cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(FromE)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
9021 switch (Inner->getStmtClass()) {
9022 case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
9023 case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass:
9024 case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass:
9025 case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
9026 case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
9027 // "numeric literal"
9029 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
9030 CastKind CK = cast<CastExpr>(Inner)->getCastKind();
9031 // Boolean literals can be represented by implicit casts.
9032 if (CK == CK_IntegralToBoolean || CK == CK_IntegralCast)
9045 static void diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
9046 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9047 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc){
9050 if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS)) {
9051 Literal = LHS.get();
9054 Literal = RHS.get();
9058 // Don't warn on comparisons against nil.
9059 Other = Other->IgnoreParenCasts();
9060 if (Other->isNullPointerConstant(S.getASTContext(),
9061 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
9064 // This should be kept in sync with warn_objc_literal_comparison.
9065 // LK_String should always be after the other literals, since it has its own
9067 Sema::ObjCLiteralKind LiteralKind = S.CheckLiteralKind(Literal);
9068 assert(LiteralKind != Sema::LK_Block);
9069 if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_None) {
9070 llvm_unreachable("Unknown Objective-C object literal kind");
9073 if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_String)
9074 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_string_literal_comparison)
9075 << Literal->getSourceRange();
9077 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_literal_comparison)
9078 << LiteralKind << Literal->getSourceRange();
9080 if (BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc) &&
9081 hasIsEqualMethod(S, LHS.get(), RHS.get())) {
9082 SourceLocation Start = LHS.get()->getLocStart();
9083 SourceLocation End = S.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getLocEnd());
9084 CharSourceRange OpRange =
9085 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc));
9087 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_objc_literal_comparison_isequal)
9088 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Start, Opc == BO_EQ ? "[" : "![")
9089 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, " isEqual:")
9090 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(End, "]");
9094 static void diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofComparison(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
9097 BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
9098 // Check that left hand side is !something.
9099 UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts());
9100 if (!UO || UO->getOpcode() != UO_LNot) return;
9102 // Only check if the right hand side is non-bool arithmetic type.
9103 if (RHS.get()->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue()) return;
9105 // Make sure that the something in !something is not bool.
9106 Expr *SubExpr = UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
9107 if (SubExpr->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue()) return;
9110 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_not_on_lhs_of_comparison)
9113 // First note suggest !(x < y)
9114 SourceLocation FirstOpen = SubExpr->getLocStart();
9115 SourceLocation FirstClose = RHS.get()->getLocEnd();
9116 FirstClose = S.getLocForEndOfToken(FirstClose);
9117 if (FirstClose.isInvalid())
9118 FirstOpen = SourceLocation();
9119 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_fix)
9120 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstOpen, "(")
9121 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstClose, ")");
9123 // Second note suggests (!x) < y
9124 SourceLocation SecondOpen = LHS.get()->getLocStart();
9125 SourceLocation SecondClose = LHS.get()->getLocEnd();
9126 SecondClose = S.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondClose);
9127 if (SecondClose.isInvalid())
9128 SecondOpen = SourceLocation();
9129 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_silence_with_parens)
9130 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondOpen, "(")
9131 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondClose, ")");
9134 // Get the decl for a simple expression: a reference to a variable,
9135 // an implicit C++ field reference, or an implicit ObjC ivar reference.
9136 static ValueDecl *getCompareDecl(Expr *E) {
9137 if (DeclRefExpr* DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
9138 return DR->getDecl();
9139 if (ObjCIvarRefExpr* Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) {
9140 if (Ivar->isFreeIvar())
9141 return Ivar->getDecl();
9143 if (MemberExpr* Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9144 if (Mem->isImplicitAccess())
9145 return Mem->getMemberDecl();
9150 // C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
9151 QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9152 SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
9153 bool IsRelational) {
9154 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/true);
9156 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
9157 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
9158 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
9159 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsRelational);
9161 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
9162 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
9164 Expr *LHSStripped = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9165 Expr *RHSStripped = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9167 checkEnumComparison(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
9168 diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofComparison(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc);
9170 if (!LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() &&
9171 !(LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && IsRelational) &&
9172 !LHS.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID() &&
9173 !RHS.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID() &&
9174 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9175 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
9176 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
9177 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
9179 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparison expressions resulting from macro
9180 // expansion. Also don't warn about comparisons which are only self
9181 // comparisons within a template specialization. The warnings should catch
9182 // obvious cases in the definition of the template anyways. The idea is to
9183 // warn when the typed comparison operator will always evaluate to the same
9185 ValueDecl *DL = getCompareDecl(LHSStripped);
9186 ValueDecl *DR = getCompareDecl(RHSStripped);
9187 if (DL && DR && DL == DR && !IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(DL)) {
9188 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
9193 } else if (DL && DR && LHSType->isArrayType() && RHSType->isArrayType() &&
9194 !DL->getType()->isReferenceType() &&
9195 !DR->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
9196 // what is it always going to eval to?
9197 char always_evals_to;
9199 case BO_EQ: // e.g. array1 == array2
9200 always_evals_to = 0; // false
9202 case BO_NE: // e.g. array1 != array2
9203 always_evals_to = 1; // true
9206 // best we can say is 'a constant'
9207 always_evals_to = 2; // e.g. array1 <= array2
9210 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
9212 << always_evals_to);
9215 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
9216 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
9217 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
9218 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
9220 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
9221 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
9222 Expr *literalString = nullptr;
9223 Expr *literalStringStripped = nullptr;
9224 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
9225 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
9226 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
9227 literalString = LHS.get();
9228 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
9229 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
9230 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
9231 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
9232 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
9233 literalString = RHS.get();
9234 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
9237 if (literalString) {
9238 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr,
9239 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
9240 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
9241 << literalString->getSourceRange());
9245 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
9246 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
9247 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
9250 LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
9251 RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
9253 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
9254 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
9257 if (LHSType->isRealType() && RHSType->isRealType())
9260 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
9261 if (LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
9262 CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
9264 if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType())
9268 const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind LHSNullKind =
9269 LHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
9270 const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind RHSNullKind =
9271 RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
9272 bool LHSIsNull = LHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
9273 bool RHSIsNull = RHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
9275 if (!IsRelational && LHSIsNull != RHSIsNull) {
9276 bool IsEquality = Opc == BO_EQ;
9278 DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(LHS.get(), RHSNullKind, IsEquality,
9279 RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
9281 DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(RHS.get(), LHSNullKind, IsEquality,
9282 LHS.get()->getSourceRange());
9285 // All of the following pointer-related warnings are GCC extensions, except
9286 // when handling null pointer constants.
9287 if (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
9288 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
9289 LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType();
9290 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
9291 RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType();
9293 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9294 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
9296 if (!IsRelational &&
9297 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
9298 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
9299 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
9300 // In a SFINAE context, we treat this as a hard error to maintain
9301 // conformance with the C++ standard.
9302 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
9303 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
9304 diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(
9305 *this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/ (bool)isSFINAEContext());
9307 if (isSFINAEContext())
9310 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
9315 if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS))
9320 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
9321 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
9322 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
9323 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
9324 if (IsRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
9325 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
9326 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
9327 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9329 } else if (!IsRelational &&
9330 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
9331 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
9332 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
9333 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
9334 diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
9338 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/false);
9340 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy) {
9341 // Treat NULL constant as a special case in OpenCL.
9342 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
9343 const PointerType *LHSPtr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
9344 if (!LHSPtr->isAddressSpaceOverlapping(*RHSType->getAs<PointerType>())) {
9346 diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers)
9347 << LHSType << RHSType << 0 /* comparison */
9348 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9351 unsigned AddrSpaceL = LCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace();
9352 unsigned AddrSpaceR = RCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace();
9353 CastKind Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion
9355 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
9356 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, Kind);
9358 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind);
9363 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9364 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
9365 if (LHSType->isNullPtrType() && RHSType->isNullPtrType())
9368 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
9369 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
9371 ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() || LHSType->isNullPtrType()) ||
9373 (LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || LHSType->isBlockPointerType())))) {
9374 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType,
9375 LHSType->isMemberPointerType()
9376 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
9377 : CK_NullToPointer);
9381 ((RHSType->isAnyPointerType() || RHSType->isNullPtrType()) ||
9383 (RHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isBlockPointerType())))) {
9384 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType,
9385 RHSType->isMemberPointerType()
9386 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
9387 : CK_NullToPointer);
9391 // Comparison of member pointers.
9392 if (!IsRelational &&
9393 LHSType->isMemberPointerType() && RHSType->isMemberPointerType()) {
9394 if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS))
9400 // Handle scoped enumeration types specifically, since they don't promote
9402 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isEnumeralType() &&
9403 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS.get()->getType(),
9404 RHS.get()->getType()))
9408 // Handle block pointer types.
9409 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() &&
9410 RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
9411 QualType lpointee = LHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
9412 QualType rpointee = RHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
9414 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
9415 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
9416 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
9417 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
9418 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9420 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
9424 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
9426 && ((LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType())
9427 || (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
9428 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
9429 if (!((RHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()
9430 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
9431 || (LHSType->isPointerType() && LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()
9432 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
9433 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
9434 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
9435 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9437 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
9438 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType,
9439 RHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast
9440 : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
9442 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType,
9443 LHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast
9444 : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
9448 if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
9449 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
9450 const PointerType *LPT = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
9451 const PointerType *RPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
9453 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ? LPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
9454 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ? RPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
9456 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
9457 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) {
9458 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
9461 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
9462 Expr *E = LHS.get();
9463 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
9464 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), RHSType, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion);
9465 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, RHSType,
9466 RPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
9469 Expr *E = RHS.get();
9470 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
9471 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), LHSType, E,
9472 CCK_ImplicitConversion, /*Diagnose=*/true,
9473 /*DiagnoseCFAudited=*/false, Opc);
9474 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, LHSType,
9475 LPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
9479 if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9480 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
9481 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(LHSType, RHSType))
9482 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
9484 if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS) || isObjCObjectLiteral(RHS))
9485 diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, Opc);
9487 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
9488 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
9490 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
9494 if ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) ||
9495 (LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isAnyPointerType())) {
9496 unsigned DiagID = 0;
9497 bool isError = false;
9498 if (LangOpts.DebuggerSupport) {
9499 // Under a debugger, allow the comparison of pointers to integers,
9500 // since users tend to want to compare addresses.
9501 } else if ((LHSIsNull && LHSType->isIntegerType()) ||
9502 (RHSIsNull && RHSType->isIntegerType())) {
9503 if (IsRelational && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
9504 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
9505 } else if (IsRelational && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
9506 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
9507 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9508 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
9511 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
9515 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
9516 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9521 if (LHSType->isIntegerType())
9522 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType,
9523 LHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
9525 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType,
9526 RHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
9530 // Handle block pointers.
9531 if (!IsRelational && RHSIsNull
9532 && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
9533 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9536 if (!IsRelational && LHSIsNull
9537 && LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
9538 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9542 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9546 // Return a signed type that is of identical size and number of elements.
9547 // For floating point vectors, return an integer type of identical size
9548 // and number of elements.
9549 QualType Sema::GetSignedVectorType(QualType V) {
9550 const VectorType *VTy = V->getAs<VectorType>();
9551 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
9552 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy))
9553 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.CharTy, VTy->getNumElements());
9554 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy))
9555 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.ShortTy, VTy->getNumElements());
9556 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
9557 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
9558 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
9559 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
9560 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
9561 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
9562 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
9565 /// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
9566 /// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
9567 /// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
9569 QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9571 bool IsRelational) {
9572 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
9573 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
9574 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
9575 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
9576 /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector);
9580 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
9582 // If AltiVec, the comparison results in a numeric type, i.e.
9583 // bool for C++, int for C
9584 if (getLangOpts().AltiVec &&
9585 vType->getAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector)
9586 return Context.getLogicalOperationType();
9588 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
9589 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
9590 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
9591 if (!LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() &&
9592 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9593 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL
9594 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
9595 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR
9596 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
9597 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
9598 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr,
9599 PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
9601 << 2 // "a constant"
9605 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
9606 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) {
9607 assert (RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation());
9608 CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
9611 // Return a signed type for the vector.
9612 return GetSignedVectorType(vType);
9615 QualType Sema::CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9616 SourceLocation Loc) {
9617 // Ensure that either both operands are of the same vector type, or
9618 // one operand is of a vector type and the other is of its element type.
9619 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, false,
9620 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
9621 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
9623 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9624 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120 &&
9625 vType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
9626 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9628 return GetSignedVectorType(LHS.get()->getType());
9631 inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
9632 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
9633 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
9635 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
9636 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
9637 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
9638 RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
9639 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign,
9640 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
9641 /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector);
9642 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9645 ExprResult LHSResult = LHS, RHSResult = RHS;
9646 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHSResult, RHSResult,
9648 if (LHSResult.isInvalid() || RHSResult.isInvalid())
9650 LHS = LHSResult.get();
9651 RHS = RHSResult.get();
9653 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
9655 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9659 inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
9661 BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
9662 // Check vector operands differently.
9663 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
9664 return CheckVectorLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc);
9666 // Diagnose cases where the user write a logical and/or but probably meant a
9667 // bitwise one. We do this when the LHS is a non-bool integer and the RHS
9669 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
9670 !LHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() &&
9671 RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && !RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
9672 // Don't warn in macros or template instantiations.
9673 !Loc.isMacroID() && ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9674 // If the RHS can be constant folded, and if it constant folds to something
9675 // that isn't 0 or 1 (which indicate a potential logical operation that
9676 // happened to fold to true/false) then warn.
9677 // Parens on the RHS are ignored.
9678 llvm::APSInt Result;
9679 if (RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context))
9680 if ((getLangOpts().Bool && !RHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() &&
9681 !RHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) ||
9682 (Result != 0 && Result != 1)) {
9683 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_logical_instead_of_bitwise)
9684 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()
9685 << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&&" : "||");
9686 // Suggest replacing the logical operator with the bitwise version
9687 Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_change_operator)
9688 << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|")
9689 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(
9690 Loc, getLocForEndOfToken(Loc)),
9691 Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|");
9693 // Suggest replacing "Foo() && kNonZero" with "Foo()"
9694 Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_remove_constant)
9695 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
9696 SourceRange(getLocForEndOfToken(LHS.get()->getLocEnd()),
9697 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()));
9701 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9702 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.g: The logical operators and (&&), or (||) do
9703 // not operate on the built-in scalar and vector float types.
9704 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
9705 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
9706 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType() ||
9707 RHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType())
9708 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9711 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
9712 if (LHS.isInvalid())
9715 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
9716 if (RHS.isInvalid())
9719 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType() ||
9720 !RHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType())
9721 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9723 return Context.IntTy;
9726 // The following is safe because we only use this method for
9727 // non-overloadable operands.
9729 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
9730 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
9731 // The operands are both contextually converted to type bool.
9732 ExprResult LHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(LHS.get());
9733 if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
9734 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9737 ExprResult RHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(RHS.get());
9738 if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
9739 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
9742 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
9743 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
9744 // The result is a bool.
9745 return Context.BoolTy;
9748 static bool IsReadonlyMessage(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
9749 const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
9750 if (!ME) return false;
9751 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) return false;
9752 ObjCMessageExpr *Base =
9753 dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
9754 if (!Base) return false;
9755 return Base->getMethodDecl() != nullptr;
9758 /// Is the given expression (which must be 'const') a reference to a
9759 /// variable which was originally non-const, but which has become
9760 /// 'const' due to being captured within a block?
9761 enum NonConstCaptureKind { NCCK_None, NCCK_Block, NCCK_Lambda };
9762 static NonConstCaptureKind isReferenceToNonConstCapture(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
9763 assert(E->isLValue() && E->getType().isConstQualified());
9764 E = E->IgnoreParens();
9766 // Must be a reference to a declaration from an enclosing scope.
9767 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
9768 if (!DRE) return NCCK_None;
9769 if (!DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) return NCCK_None;
9771 // The declaration must be a variable which is not declared 'const'.
9772 VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
9773 if (!var) return NCCK_None;
9774 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) return NCCK_None;
9775 assert(var->hasLocalStorage() && "capture added 'const' to non-local?");
9777 // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda.
9778 DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext, *Prev = nullptr;
9779 // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda.
9781 // For init-capture, it is possible that the variable belongs to the
9782 // template pattern of the current context.
9783 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
9784 if (var->isInitCapture() &&
9785 FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern() == var->getDeclContext())
9787 if (DC == var->getDeclContext())
9790 DC = DC->getParent();
9792 // Unless we have an init-capture, we've gone one step too far.
9793 if (!var->isInitCapture())
9795 return (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) ? NCCK_Block : NCCK_Lambda);
9798 static bool IsTypeModifiable(QualType Ty, bool IsDereference) {
9799 Ty = Ty.getNonReferenceType();
9800 if (IsDereference && Ty->isPointerType())
9801 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
9802 return !Ty.isConstQualified();
9805 /// Emit the "read-only variable not assignable" error and print notes to give
9806 /// more information about why the variable is not assignable, such as pointing
9807 /// to the declaration of a const variable, showing that a method is const, or
9808 /// that the function is returning a const reference.
9809 static void DiagnoseConstAssignment(Sema &S, const Expr *E,
9810 SourceLocation Loc) {
9811 // Update err_typecheck_assign_const and note_typecheck_assign_const
9812 // when this enum is changed.
9818 ConstUnknown, // Keep as last element
9821 SourceRange ExprRange = E->getSourceRange();
9823 // Only emit one error on the first const found. All other consts will emit
9824 // a note to the error.
9825 bool DiagnosticEmitted = false;
9827 // Track if the current expression is the result of a derefence, and if the
9828 // next checked expression is the result of a derefence.
9829 bool IsDereference = false;
9830 bool NextIsDereference = false;
9832 // Loop to process MemberExpr chains.
9834 IsDereference = NextIsDereference;
9835 NextIsDereference = false;
9837 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9838 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9839 NextIsDereference = ME->isArrow();
9840 const ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl();
9841 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
9842 // Mutable fields can be modified even if the class is const.
9843 if (Field->isMutable()) {
9844 assert(DiagnosticEmitted && "Expected diagnostic not emitted.");
9848 if (!IsTypeModifiable(Field->getType(), IsDereference)) {
9849 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
9850 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const)
9851 << ExprRange << ConstMember << false /*static*/ << Field
9852 << Field->getType();
9853 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
9855 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
9856 << ConstMember << false /*static*/ << Field << Field->getType()
9857 << Field->getSourceRange();
9861 } else if (const VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
9862 if (VDecl->getType().isConstQualified()) {
9863 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
9864 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const)
9865 << ExprRange << ConstMember << true /*static*/ << VDecl
9866 << VDecl->getType();
9867 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
9869 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
9870 << ConstMember << true /*static*/ << VDecl << VDecl->getType()
9871 << VDecl->getSourceRange();
9873 // Static fields do not inherit constness from parents.
9881 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
9883 const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
9884 if (FD && !IsTypeModifiable(FD->getReturnType(), IsDereference)) {
9885 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
9886 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange
9887 << ConstFunction << FD;
9888 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
9890 S.Diag(FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(),
9891 diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
9892 << ConstFunction << FD << FD->getReturnType()
9893 << FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9895 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9896 // Point to variable declaration.
9897 if (const ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl()) {
9898 if (!IsTypeModifiable(VD->getType(), IsDereference)) {
9899 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
9900 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const)
9901 << ExprRange << ConstVariable << VD << VD->getType();
9902 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
9904 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
9905 << ConstVariable << VD << VD->getType() << VD->getSourceRange();
9908 } else if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
9909 if (const DeclContext *DC = S.getFunctionLevelDeclContext()) {
9910 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
9911 if (MD->isConst()) {
9912 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
9913 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange
9914 << ConstMethod << MD;
9915 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
9917 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
9918 << ConstMethod << MD << MD->getSourceRange();
9924 if (DiagnosticEmitted)
9927 // Can't determine a more specific message, so display the generic error.
9928 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange << ConstUnknown;
9931 /// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
9932 /// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
9933 static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
9934 assert(!E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
9936 S.CheckShadowingDeclModification(E, Loc);
9938 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
9939 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
9941 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary && IsReadonlyMessage(E, S))
9942 IsLV = Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression;
9943 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
9946 unsigned DiagID = 0;
9947 bool NeedType = false;
9948 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
9949 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified:
9950 // Use a specialized diagnostic when we're assigning to an object
9951 // from an enclosing function or block.
9952 if (NonConstCaptureKind NCCK = isReferenceToNonConstCapture(S, E)) {
9953 if (NCCK == NCCK_Block)
9954 DiagID = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
9956 DiagID = diag::err_lambda_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
9960 // In ARC, use some specialized diagnostics for occasions where we
9961 // infer 'const'. These are always pseudo-strong variables.
9962 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
9963 DeclRefExpr *declRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts());
9964 if (declRef && isa<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl())) {
9965 VarDecl *var = cast<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl());
9967 // Use the normal diagnostic if it's pseudo-__strong but the
9968 // user actually wrote 'const'.
9969 if (var->isARCPseudoStrong() &&
9970 (!var->getTypeSourceInfo() ||
9971 !var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType().isConstQualified())) {
9972 // There are two pseudo-strong cases:
9974 ObjCMethodDecl *method = S.getCurMethodDecl();
9975 if (method && var == method->getSelfDecl())
9976 DiagID = method->isClassMethod()
9977 ? diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self_class_method
9978 : diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self;
9980 // - fast enumeration variables
9982 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_arr_assign_enumeration;
9986 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
9987 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
9988 // We need to preserve the AST regardless, so migration tool
9995 // If none of the special cases above are triggered, then this is a
9996 // simple const assignment.
9998 DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc);
10003 case Expr::MLV_ConstAddrSpace:
10004 DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc);
10006 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
10007 case Expr::MLV_ArrayTemporary:
10008 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
10011 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
10012 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
10015 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
10016 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
10018 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
10019 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
10020 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
10021 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
10022 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
10023 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
10025 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
10026 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
10027 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
10028 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue, E);
10029 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
10030 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
10032 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
10033 llvm_unreachable("readonly properties should be processed differently");
10034 case Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression:
10035 DiagID = diag::error_readonly_message_assignment;
10037 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
10038 DiagID = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
10042 SourceRange Assign;
10043 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
10044 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
10046 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
10048 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
10052 static void CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
10053 SourceLocation Loc,
10056 MemberExpr *ML = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr);
10057 MemberExpr *MR = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr);
10058 if (ML && MR && ML->getMemberDecl() == MR->getMemberDecl()) {
10059 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ML->getBase()) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(MR->getBase()))
10060 Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 0;
10063 // Objective-C instance variables
10064 ObjCIvarRefExpr *OL = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
10065 ObjCIvarRefExpr *OR = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
10066 if (OL && OR && OL->getDecl() == OR->getDecl()) {
10067 DeclRefExpr *RL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OL->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts());
10068 DeclRefExpr *RR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OR->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts());
10069 if (RL && RR && RL->getDecl() == RR->getDecl())
10070 Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 1;
10075 QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS,
10076 SourceLocation Loc,
10077 QualType CompoundType) {
10078 assert(!LHSExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject));
10080 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
10081 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHSExpr, Loc, *this))
10084 QualType LHSType = LHSExpr->getType();
10085 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS.get()->getType() :
10087 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1 p2:
10088 // The half data type can only be used to declare a pointer to a buffer that
10089 // contains half values
10090 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16 &&
10091 LHSType->isHalfType()) {
10092 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_half_load_store) << 1
10093 << LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
10097 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
10098 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
10099 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS.get();
10101 CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(LHSExpr, RHSCheck, Loc, *this);
10103 QualType LHSTy(LHSType);
10104 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
10105 if (RHS.isInvalid())
10107 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
10108 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
10109 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
10110 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
10111 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
10112 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
10113 ConvTy = Compatible;
10115 if (ConvTy == Compatible &&
10116 LHSType->isObjCObjectType())
10117 Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_object_assignment)
10120 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
10121 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
10122 // instead of "x += 4".
10123 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
10124 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
10125 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
10126 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ||
10127 UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus) &&
10128 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
10129 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
10130 Loc.getLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
10131 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
10132 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
10133 Loc.getLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
10134 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
10135 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
10136 << (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ? "+" : "-")
10137 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
10141 if (ConvTy == Compatible) {
10142 if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
10143 // Warn about retain cycles where a block captures the LHS, but
10144 // not if the LHS is a simple variable into which the block is
10145 // being stored...unless that variable can be captured by reference!
10146 const Expr *InnerLHS = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
10147 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InnerLHS);
10148 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl()->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
10149 checkRetainCycles(LHSExpr, RHS.get());
10151 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
10152 // Although this code can still have problems:
10153 // id x = self.weakProp;
10154 // id y = self.weakProp;
10155 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
10156 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
10157 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
10158 if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
10159 RHS.get()->getLocStart()))
10160 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(RHS.get());
10162 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
10163 checkUnsafeExprAssigns(Loc, LHSExpr, RHS.get());
10167 // Compound assignment "x += y"
10168 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(Loc, LHSType, RHSType);
10171 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
10172 RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
10175 CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, LHSExpr);
10177 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
10178 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
10179 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
10180 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
10181 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
10182 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
10184 return (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
10185 ? LHSType : LHSType.getUnqualifiedType());
10188 // Only ignore explicit casts to void.
10189 static bool IgnoreCommaOperand(const Expr *E) {
10190 E = E->IgnoreParens();
10192 if (const CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E)) {
10193 if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_ToVoid) {
10201 // Look for instances where it is likely the comma operator is confused with
10202 // another operator. There is a whitelist of acceptable expressions for the
10203 // left hand side of the comma operator, otherwise emit a warning.
10204 void Sema::DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
10205 // No warnings in macros
10206 if (Loc.isMacroID())
10209 // Don't warn in template instantiations.
10210 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
10213 // Scope isn't fine-grained enough to whitelist the specific cases, so
10214 // instead, skip more than needed, then call back into here with the
10215 // CommaVisitor in SemaStmt.cpp.
10216 // The whitelisted locations are the initialization and increment portions
10217 // of a for loop. The additional checks are on the condition of
10218 // if statements, do/while loops, and for loops.
10219 const unsigned ForIncrementFlags =
10220 Scope::ControlScope | Scope::ContinueScope | Scope::BreakScope;
10221 const unsigned ForInitFlags = Scope::ControlScope | Scope::DeclScope;
10222 const unsigned ScopeFlags = getCurScope()->getFlags();
10223 if ((ScopeFlags & ForIncrementFlags) == ForIncrementFlags ||
10224 (ScopeFlags & ForInitFlags) == ForInitFlags)
10227 // If there are multiple comma operators used together, get the RHS of the
10228 // of the comma operator as the LHS.
10229 while (const BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHS)) {
10230 if (BO->getOpcode() != BO_Comma)
10232 LHS = BO->getRHS();
10235 // Only allow some expressions on LHS to not warn.
10236 if (IgnoreCommaOperand(LHS))
10239 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_comma_operator);
10240 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::note_cast_to_void)
10241 << LHS->getSourceRange()
10242 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS->getLocStart(),
10243 LangOpts.CPlusPlus ? "static_cast<void>("
10245 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(LHS->getLocEnd()),
10250 static QualType CheckCommaOperands(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
10251 SourceLocation Loc) {
10252 LHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get());
10253 RHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get());
10254 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
10257 // C's comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1) on both its
10258 // operands, but not unary promotions.
10259 // C++'s comma does not do any conversions at all (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
10261 // So we treat the LHS as a ignored value, and in C++ we allow the
10262 // containing site to determine what should be done with the RHS.
10263 LHS = S.IgnoredValueConversions(LHS.get());
10264 if (LHS.isInvalid())
10267 S.DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(LHS.get());
10269 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10270 RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
10271 if (RHS.isInvalid())
10273 if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isVoidType())
10274 S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, RHS.get()->getType(),
10275 diag::err_incomplete_type);
10278 if (!S.getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_comma_operator, Loc))
10279 S.DiagnoseCommaOperator(LHS.get(), Loc);
10281 return RHS.get()->getType();
10284 /// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
10285 /// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
10286 static QualType CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op,
10288 ExprObjectKind &OK,
10289 SourceLocation OpLoc,
10290 bool IsInc, bool IsPrefix) {
10291 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
10292 return S.Context.DependentTy;
10294 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
10295 // Atomic types can be used for increment / decrement where the non-atomic
10296 // versions can, so ignore the _Atomic() specifier for the purpose of
10298 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
10299 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
10301 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
10303 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
10304 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
10306 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
10309 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
10310 S.Diag(OpLoc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_increment_bool
10311 : diag::warn_increment_bool)
10312 << Op->getSourceRange();
10313 } else if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isEnumeralType()) {
10314 // Error on enum increments and decrements in C++ mode
10315 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_increment_decrement_enum) << IsInc << ResType;
10317 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
10319 } else if (ResType->isPointerType()) {
10320 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
10321 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(S, OpLoc, Op))
10323 } else if (ResType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
10324 // On modern runtimes, ObjC pointer arithmetic is forbidden.
10325 // Otherwise, we just need a complete type.
10326 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, OpLoc, Op) ||
10327 checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(S, OpLoc, Op))
10329 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
10330 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
10331 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
10332 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
10333 } else if (ResType->isPlaceholderType()) {
10334 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
10335 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
10336 return CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(S, PR.get(), VK, OK, OpLoc,
10338 } else if (S.getLangOpts().AltiVec && ResType->isVectorType()) {
10339 // OK! ( C/C++ Language Extensions for CBEA(Version 2.6) 10.3 )
10340 } else if (S.getLangOpts().ZVector && ResType->isVectorType() &&
10341 (ResType->getAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() !=
10342 VectorType::AltiVecBool)) {
10343 // The z vector extensions allow ++ and -- for non-bool vectors.
10344 } else if(S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && ResType->isVectorType() &&
10345 ResType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) {
10346 // OpenCL V1.2 6.3 says dec/inc ops operate on integer vector types.
10348 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
10349 << ResType << int(IsInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
10352 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
10353 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
10354 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, S))
10356 // In C++, a prefix increment is the same type as the operand. Otherwise
10357 // (in C or with postfix), the increment is the unqualified type of the
10359 if (IsPrefix && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10361 OK = Op->getObjectKind();
10365 return ResType.getUnqualifiedType();
10370 /// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
10371 /// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
10372 /// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
10373 /// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
10374 /// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
10376 /// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
10378 /// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
10379 /// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
10380 /// - &"123"[2] -> 0
10381 /// - & __real__ x -> x
10382 static ValueDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
10383 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
10384 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
10385 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
10386 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
10387 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
10388 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
10390 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
10392 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
10393 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
10394 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
10395 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
10396 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
10397 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
10398 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
10399 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
10400 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
10404 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
10405 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
10407 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
10411 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
10416 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
10417 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
10418 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
10419 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
10420 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
10421 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
10430 AO_Vector_Element = 1,
10431 AO_Property_Expansion = 2,
10432 AO_Register_Variable = 3,
10436 /// \brief Diagnose invalid operand for address of operations.
10438 /// \param Type The type of operand which cannot have its address taken.
10439 static void diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10440 Expr *E, unsigned Type) {
10441 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) << Type << E->getSourceRange();
10444 /// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
10445 /// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
10446 /// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
10447 /// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
10448 /// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
10449 /// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
10450 /// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
10451 QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &OrigOp, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
10452 if (const BuiltinType *PTy = OrigOp.get()->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()){
10453 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
10454 Expr *E = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens();
10455 if (!isa<OverloadExpr>(E)) {
10456 assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf);
10457 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof_addrof_function)
10458 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
10462 OverloadExpr *Ovl = cast<OverloadExpr>(E);
10463 if (isa<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(Ovl))
10464 if (!ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Ovl)) {
10465 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
10466 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
10470 return Context.OverloadTy;
10473 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny)
10474 return Context.UnknownAnyTy;
10476 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember) {
10477 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
10478 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
10482 OrigOp = CheckPlaceholderExpr(OrigOp.get());
10483 if (OrigOp.isInvalid()) return QualType();
10486 if (OrigOp.get()->isTypeDependent())
10487 return Context.DependentTy;
10489 assert(!OrigOp.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType());
10491 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
10492 Expr *op = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens();
10494 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
10495 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
10496 Diag(op->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_taking_function_address);
10500 if (getLangOpts().C99) {
10501 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
10502 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
10503 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
10504 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
10505 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
10506 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
10508 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
10509 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
10511 ValueDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
10513 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
10514 if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, /*Complain=*/true,
10515 op->getLocStart()))
10518 Expr::LValueClassification lval = op->ClassifyLValue(Context);
10519 unsigned AddressOfError = AO_No_Error;
10521 if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary || lval == Expr::LV_ArrayTemporary) {
10522 bool sfinae = (bool)isSFINAEContext();
10523 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext() ? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_temporary
10524 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_temporary)
10525 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
10528 // Materialize the temporary as an lvalue so that we can take its address.
10530 CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(op->getType(), OrigOp.get(), true);
10531 } else if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(op)) {
10532 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
10533 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction) {
10534 // If it's an instance method, make a member pointer.
10535 // The expression must have exactly the form &A::foo.
10537 // If the underlying expression isn't a decl ref, give up.
10538 if (!isa<DeclRefExpr>(op)) {
10539 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
10540 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
10543 DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(op);
10544 CXXMethodDecl *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10546 // The id-expression was parenthesized.
10547 if (OrigOp.get() != DRE) {
10548 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_parens_pointer_member_function)
10549 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
10551 // The method was named without a qualifier.
10552 } else if (!DRE->getQualifier()) {
10553 if (MD->getParent()->getName().empty())
10554 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
10555 << op->getSourceRange();
10557 SmallString<32> Str;
10558 StringRef Qual = (MD->getParent()->getName() + "::").toStringRef(Str);
10559 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
10560 << op->getSourceRange()
10561 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(op->getSourceRange().getBegin(), Qual);
10565 // Taking the address of a dtor is illegal per C++ [class.dtor]p2.
10566 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD))
10567 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_addrof_dtor) << op->getSourceRange();
10569 QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType(
10570 op->getType(), Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
10571 // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now.
10572 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
10573 (void)isCompleteType(OpLoc, MPTy);
10575 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
10577 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
10578 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
10579 // Use a special diagnostic for loads from property references.
10580 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(op)) {
10581 AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion;
10583 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
10584 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
10588 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
10589 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
10590 AddressOfError = AO_Bit_Field;
10591 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_VectorComponent) {
10592 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
10593 AddressOfError = AO_Vector_Element;
10594 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
10595 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
10596 // with the register storage-class specifier.
10597 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
10598 // in C++ it is not error to take address of a register
10599 // variable (c++03 7.1.1P3)
10600 if (vd->getStorageClass() == SC_Register &&
10601 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10602 AddressOfError = AO_Register_Variable;
10604 } else if (isa<MSPropertyDecl>(dcl)) {
10605 AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion;
10606 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10607 return Context.OverloadTy;
10608 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(dcl)) {
10609 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
10610 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
10611 // scope qualifier for the class.
10612 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
10613 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
10614 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
10615 if (dcl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
10617 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
10618 << dcl->getDeclName() << dcl->getType();
10622 while (cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
10623 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
10625 QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType(
10627 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
10628 // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now.
10629 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
10630 (void)isCompleteType(OpLoc, MPTy);
10634 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl) && !isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(dcl) &&
10635 !isa<BindingDecl>(dcl))
10636 llvm_unreachable("Unknown/unexpected decl type");
10639 if (AddressOfError != AO_No_Error) {
10640 diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(*this, OpLoc, op, AddressOfError);
10644 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
10645 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
10646 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
10647 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
10648 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
10651 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
10652 if (op->getType()->isObjCObjectType())
10653 return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(op->getType());
10655 CheckAddressOfPackedMember(op);
10657 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
10660 static void RecordModifiableNonNullParam(Sema &S, const Expr *Exp) {
10661 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Exp);
10664 const Decl *D = DRE->getDecl();
10667 const ParmVarDecl *Param = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D);
10670 if (const FunctionDecl* FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Param->getDeclContext()))
10671 if (!FD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>() && !Param->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>())
10673 if (FunctionScopeInfo *FD = S.getCurFunction())
10674 if (!FD->ModifiedNonNullParams.count(Param))
10675 FD->ModifiedNonNullParams.insert(Param);
10678 /// CheckIndirectionOperand - Type check unary indirection (prefix '*').
10679 static QualType CheckIndirectionOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, ExprValueKind &VK,
10680 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
10681 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
10682 return S.Context.DependentTy;
10684 ExprResult ConvResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
10685 if (ConvResult.isInvalid())
10687 Op = ConvResult.get();
10688 QualType OpTy = Op->getType();
10691 if (isa<CXXReinterpretCastExpr>(Op)) {
10692 QualType OpOrigType = Op->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType();
10693 S.CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(OpOrigType, OpTy, /*IsDereference*/true,
10694 Op->getSourceRange());
10697 if (const PointerType *PT = OpTy->getAs<PointerType>())
10699 Result = PT->getPointeeType();
10701 else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
10702 OpTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
10703 Result = OPT->getPointeeType();
10705 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
10706 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
10707 if (PR.get() != Op)
10708 return CheckIndirectionOperand(S, PR.get(), VK, OpLoc);
10711 if (Result.isNull()) {
10712 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
10713 << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange();
10717 // Note that per both C89 and C99, indirection is always legal, even if Result
10718 // is an incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about
10719 // dereferencing a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a
10720 // warning is unlikely to catch any mistakes. In C++, indirection is not valid
10721 // for pointers to 'void' but is fine for any other pointer type:
10723 // C++ [expr.unary.op]p1:
10724 // [...] the expression to which [the unary * operator] is applied shall
10725 // be a pointer to an object type, or a pointer to a function type
10726 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result->isVoidType())
10727 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_indirection_through_void_pointer)
10728 << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange();
10730 // Dereferences are usually l-values...
10733 // ...except that certain expressions are never l-values in C.
10734 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result.isCForbiddenLValueType())
10740 BinaryOperatorKind Sema::ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind) {
10741 BinaryOperatorKind Opc;
10743 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown binop!");
10744 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemD; break;
10745 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemI; break;
10746 case tok::star: Opc = BO_Mul; break;
10747 case tok::slash: Opc = BO_Div; break;
10748 case tok::percent: Opc = BO_Rem; break;
10749 case tok::plus: Opc = BO_Add; break;
10750 case tok::minus: Opc = BO_Sub; break;
10751 case tok::lessless: Opc = BO_Shl; break;
10752 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BO_Shr; break;
10753 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BO_LE; break;
10754 case tok::less: Opc = BO_LT; break;
10755 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BO_GE; break;
10756 case tok::greater: Opc = BO_GT; break;
10757 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BO_NE; break;
10758 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BO_EQ; break;
10759 case tok::amp: Opc = BO_And; break;
10760 case tok::caret: Opc = BO_Xor; break;
10761 case tok::pipe: Opc = BO_Or; break;
10762 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BO_LAnd; break;
10763 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BO_LOr; break;
10764 case tok::equal: Opc = BO_Assign; break;
10765 case tok::starequal: Opc = BO_MulAssign; break;
10766 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BO_DivAssign; break;
10767 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BO_RemAssign; break;
10768 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BO_AddAssign; break;
10769 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BO_SubAssign; break;
10770 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BO_ShlAssign; break;
10771 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BO_ShrAssign; break;
10772 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BO_AndAssign; break;
10773 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BO_XorAssign; break;
10774 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BO_OrAssign; break;
10775 case tok::comma: Opc = BO_Comma; break;
10780 static inline UnaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
10781 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
10782 UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
10784 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!");
10785 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PreInc; break;
10786 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PreDec; break;
10787 case tok::amp: Opc = UO_AddrOf; break;
10788 case tok::star: Opc = UO_Deref; break;
10789 case tok::plus: Opc = UO_Plus; break;
10790 case tok::minus: Opc = UO_Minus; break;
10791 case tok::tilde: Opc = UO_Not; break;
10792 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UO_LNot; break;
10793 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UO_Real; break;
10794 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UO_Imag; break;
10795 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UO_Extension; break;
10800 /// DiagnoseSelfAssignment - Emits a warning if a value is assigned to itself.
10801 /// This warning is only emitted for builtin assignment operations. It is also
10802 /// suppressed in the event of macro expansions.
10803 static void DiagnoseSelfAssignment(Sema &S, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
10804 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
10805 if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
10807 if (OpLoc.isInvalid() || OpLoc.isMacroID())
10809 LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10810 RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10811 const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
10812 const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
10813 if (!LHSDeclRef || !RHSDeclRef ||
10814 LHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID() ||
10815 RHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID())
10817 const ValueDecl *LHSDecl =
10818 cast<ValueDecl>(LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
10819 const ValueDecl *RHSDecl =
10820 cast<ValueDecl>(RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
10821 if (LHSDecl != RHSDecl)
10823 if (LHSDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified())
10825 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LHSDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>())
10826 if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified())
10829 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_assignment)
10830 << LHSDeclRef->getType()
10831 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
10834 /// Check if a bitwise-& is performed on an Objective-C pointer. This
10835 /// is usually indicative of introspection within the Objective-C pointer.
10836 static void checkObjCPointerIntrospection(Sema &S, ExprResult &L, ExprResult &R,
10837 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
10838 if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjC1)
10841 const Expr *ObjCPointerExpr = nullptr, *OtherExpr = nullptr;
10842 const Expr *LHS = L.get();
10843 const Expr *RHS = R.get();
10845 if (LHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
10846 ObjCPointerExpr = LHS;
10849 else if (RHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
10850 ObjCPointerExpr = RHS;
10854 // This warning is deliberately made very specific to reduce false
10855 // positives with logic that uses '&' for hashing. This logic mainly
10856 // looks for code trying to introspect into tagged pointers, which
10857 // code should generally never do.
10858 if (ObjCPointerExpr && isa<IntegerLiteral>(OtherExpr->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
10859 unsigned Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking;
10860 // Determine if we are introspecting the result of performSelectorXXX.
10861 const Expr *Ex = ObjCPointerExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
10862 // Special case messages to -performSelector and friends, which
10863 // can return non-pointer values boxed in a pointer value.
10864 // Some clients may wish to silence warnings in this subcase.
10865 if (const ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Ex)) {
10866 Selector S = ME->getSelector();
10867 StringRef SelArg0 = S.getNameForSlot(0);
10868 if (SelArg0.startswith("performSelector"))
10869 Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking_performSelector;
10872 S.Diag(OpLoc, Diag)
10873 << ObjCPointerExpr->getSourceRange();
10877 static NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
10880 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
10881 return DRE->getDecl();
10882 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
10883 return ME->getMemberDecl();
10884 if (auto *IRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
10885 return IRE->getDecl();
10889 /// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
10890 /// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
10891 /// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
10892 ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
10893 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
10894 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
10895 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isa<InitListExpr>(RHSExpr)) {
10896 // The syntax only allows initializer lists on the RHS of assignment,
10897 // so we don't need to worry about accepting invalid code for
10898 // non-assignment operators.
10900 // The meaning of x = {v} [...] is that of x = T(v) [...]. The meaning
10901 // of x = {} is x = T().
10902 InitializationKind Kind =
10903 InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(RHSExpr->getLocStart());
10904 InitializedEntity Entity =
10905 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LHSExpr->getType());
10906 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr);
10907 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr);
10908 if (Init.isInvalid())
10910 RHSExpr = Init.get();
10913 ExprResult LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr;
10914 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
10915 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
10916 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
10917 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
10918 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
10919 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
10921 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10922 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it
10923 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
10924 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
10925 LHS = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(LHSExpr);
10926 RHS = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(RHSExpr, [Opc, LHS](Expr *E) {
10927 if (Opc != BO_Assign)
10928 return ExprResult(E);
10929 // Avoid correcting the RHS to the same Expr as the LHS.
10930 Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(E);
10931 return (D && D == getDeclFromExpr(LHS.get())) ? ExprError() : E;
10933 if (!LHS.isUsable() || !RHS.isUsable())
10934 return ExprError();
10937 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
10938 QualType LHSTy = LHSExpr->getType();
10939 QualType RHSTy = RHSExpr->getType();
10940 // OpenCLC v2.0 s6.13.11.1 allows atomic variables to be initialized by
10941 // the ATOMIC_VAR_INIT macro.
10942 if (LHSTy->isAtomicType() || RHSTy->isAtomicType()) {
10943 SourceRange SR(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
10944 if (BO_Assign == Opc)
10945 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_atomic_init_constant) << SR;
10947 ResultTy = InvalidOperands(OpLoc, LHS, RHS);
10948 return ExprError();
10951 // OpenCL special types - image, sampler, pipe, and blocks are to be used
10952 // only with a builtin functions and therefore should be disallowed here.
10953 if (LHSTy->isImageType() || RHSTy->isImageType() ||
10954 LHSTy->isSamplerT() || RHSTy->isSamplerT() ||
10955 LHSTy->isPipeType() || RHSTy->isPipeType() ||
10956 LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
10957 ResultTy = InvalidOperands(OpLoc, LHS, RHS);
10958 return ExprError();
10964 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, QualType());
10965 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10966 LHS.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty) {
10967 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
10968 OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind();
10970 if (!ResultTy.isNull()) {
10971 DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
10972 DiagnoseSelfMove(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
10974 RecordModifiableNonNullParam(*this, LHS.get());
10978 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(LHS, RHS, VK, OpLoc,
10979 Opc == BO_PtrMemI);
10983 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, false,
10987 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
10990 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
10993 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
10997 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
11003 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true);
11007 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, false);
11010 checkObjCPointerIntrospection(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
11013 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
11017 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
11021 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true,
11022 Opc == BO_DivAssign);
11023 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
11024 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11025 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11028 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true);
11029 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
11030 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11031 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11034 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, &CompLHSTy);
11035 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11036 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11039 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
11040 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11041 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11045 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true);
11046 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
11047 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11048 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11051 case BO_OrAssign: // fallthrough
11052 DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
11054 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true);
11055 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
11056 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
11057 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
11060 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
11061 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !RHS.isInvalid()) {
11062 VK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
11063 OK = RHS.get()->getObjectKind();
11067 if (ResultTy.isNull() || LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
11068 return ExprError();
11070 // Check for array bounds violations for both sides of the BinaryOperator
11071 CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get());
11072 CheckArrayAccess(RHS.get());
11074 if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
11075 NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope,
11076 &Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"),
11077 SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName);
11078 if (ObjectSetClass && isa<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get())) {
11079 SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getLocEnd());
11080 Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) <<
11081 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), "object_setClass(") <<
11082 FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OpLoc), ",") <<
11083 FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")");
11086 Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign);
11088 else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE =
11089 dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
11090 DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, OpLoc, RHS.get());
11092 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
11093 return new (Context) BinaryOperator(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, ResultTy, VK,
11094 OK, OpLoc, FPFeatures.fp_contract);
11095 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS.get()->getObjectKind() !=
11098 OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind();
11100 return new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(
11101 LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, ResultTy, VK, OK, CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
11102 OpLoc, FPFeatures.fp_contract);
11105 /// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
11106 /// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
11107 /// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
11108 /// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
11109 static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11110 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr,
11112 BinaryOperator *LHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr);
11113 BinaryOperator *RHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr);
11115 // Check that one of the sides is a comparison operator and the other isn't.
11116 bool isLeftComp = LHSBO && LHSBO->isComparisonOp();
11117 bool isRightComp = RHSBO && RHSBO->isComparisonOp();
11118 if (isLeftComp == isRightComp)
11121 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
11122 // Don't diagnose this.
11123 bool isLeftBitwise = LHSBO && LHSBO->isBitwiseOp();
11124 bool isRightBitwise = RHSBO && RHSBO->isBitwiseOp();
11125 if (isLeftBitwise || isRightBitwise)
11128 SourceRange DiagRange = isLeftComp ? SourceRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(),
11130 : SourceRange(OpLoc, RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
11131 StringRef OpStr = isLeftComp ? LHSBO->getOpcodeStr() : RHSBO->getOpcodeStr();
11132 SourceRange ParensRange = isLeftComp ?
11133 SourceRange(LHSBO->getRHS()->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd())
11134 : SourceRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSBO->getLHS()->getLocEnd());
11136 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
11137 << DiagRange << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << OpStr;
11138 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
11139 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << OpStr,
11140 (isLeftComp ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr)->getSourceRange());
11141 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
11142 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
11143 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
11147 /// \brief It accepts a '&&' expr that is inside a '||' one.
11148 /// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&&' expression
11149 /// in parentheses.
11151 EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11152 BinaryOperator *Bop) {
11153 assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd);
11154 Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_and_in_logical_or)
11155 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
11156 SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
11157 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
11158 << Bop->getOpcodeStr(),
11159 Bop->getSourceRange());
11162 /// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
11164 static bool EvaluatesAsTrue(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
11166 return !E->isValueDependent() &&
11167 E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && Res;
11170 /// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
11172 static bool EvaluatesAsFalse(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
11174 return !E->isValueDependent() &&
11175 E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && !Res;
11178 /// \brief Look for '&&' in the left hand of a '||' expr.
11179 static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11180 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11181 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr)) {
11182 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
11183 // If it's "a && b || 0" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
11184 if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, RHSExpr))
11186 // If it's "1 && a || b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
11187 if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getLHS()))
11188 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
11189 } else if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) {
11190 if (BinaryOperator *RBop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Bop->getRHS())) {
11191 // If it's "a || b && 1 || c" we didn't warn earlier for
11192 // "a || b && 1", but warn now.
11193 if (RBop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd && EvaluatesAsTrue(S, RBop->getRHS()))
11194 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, RBop);
11200 /// \brief Look for '&&' in the right hand of a '||' expr.
11201 static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11202 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11203 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr)) {
11204 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
11205 // If it's "0 || a && b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
11206 if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, LHSExpr))
11208 // If it's "a || b && 1" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
11209 if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getRHS()))
11210 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
11215 /// \brief Look for bitwise op in the left or right hand of a bitwise op with
11216 /// lower precedence and emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
11217 /// the '&' expression in parentheses.
11218 static void DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Sema &S, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11219 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *SubExpr) {
11220 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SubExpr)) {
11221 if (Bop->isBitwiseOp() && Bop->getOpcode() < Opc) {
11222 S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_bitwise_op_in_bitwise_op)
11223 << Bop->getOpcodeStr() << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
11224 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
11225 SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
11226 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
11227 << Bop->getOpcodeStr(),
11228 Bop->getSourceRange());
11233 static void DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11234 Expr *SubExpr, StringRef Shift) {
11235 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SubExpr)) {
11236 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Add || Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
11237 StringRef Op = Bop->getOpcodeStr();
11238 S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_addition_in_bitshift)
11239 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc << Shift << Op;
11240 SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
11241 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << Op,
11242 Bop->getSourceRange());
11247 static void DiagnoseShiftCompare(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11248 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11249 CXXOperatorCallExpr *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(LHSExpr);
11253 FunctionDecl *FD = OCE->getDirectCallee();
11254 if (!FD || !FD->isOverloadedOperator())
11257 OverloadedOperatorKind Kind = FD->getOverloadedOperator();
11258 if (Kind != OO_LessLess && Kind != OO_GreaterGreater)
11261 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_overloaded_shift_in_comparison)
11262 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange()
11263 << (Kind == OO_LessLess);
11264 SuggestParentheses(S, OCE->getOperatorLoc(),
11265 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
11266 << (Kind == OO_LessLess ? "<<" : ">>"),
11267 OCE->getSourceRange());
11268 SuggestParentheses(S, OpLoc,
11269 S.PDiag(diag::note_evaluate_comparison_first),
11270 SourceRange(OCE->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
11271 RHSExpr->getLocEnd()));
11274 /// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
11276 static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11277 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr,
11279 // Diagnose "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
11280 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
11281 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11283 // Diagnose "arg1 & arg2 | arg3"
11284 if ((Opc == BO_Or || Opc == BO_Xor) &&
11285 !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
11286 DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr);
11287 DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Self, Opc, OpLoc, RHSExpr);
11290 // Warn about arg1 || arg2 && arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
11291 // We don't warn for 'assert(a || b && "bad")' since this is safe.
11292 if (Opc == BO_LOr && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
11293 DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11294 DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11297 if ((Opc == BO_Shl && LHSExpr->getType()->isIntegralType(Self.getASTContext()))
11298 || Opc == BO_Shr) {
11299 StringRef Shift = BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc);
11300 DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, Shift);
11301 DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, RHSExpr, Shift);
11304 // Warn on overloaded shift operators and comparisons, such as:
11306 if (BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(Opc))
11307 DiagnoseShiftCompare(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11310 // Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
11311 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
11312 tok::TokenKind Kind,
11313 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11314 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
11315 assert(LHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
11316 assert(RHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
11318 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
11319 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11321 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11324 /// Build an overloaded binary operator expression in the given scope.
11325 static ExprResult BuildOverloadedBinOp(Sema &S, Scope *Sc, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11326 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11327 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
11328 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
11329 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
11330 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
11332 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
11333 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp
11334 = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
11335 if (Sc && OverOp != OO_None && OverOp != OO_Equal)
11336 S.LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, Sc, LHS->getType(),
11337 RHS->getType(), Functions);
11339 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
11340 // binary operation.
11341 return S.CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, LHS, RHS);
11344 ExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11345 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11346 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
11347 // We want to end up calling one of checkPseudoObjectAssignment
11348 // (if the LHS is a pseudo-object), BuildOverloadedBinOp (if
11349 // both expressions are overloadable or either is type-dependent),
11350 // or CreateBuiltinBinOp (in any other case). We also want to get
11351 // any placeholder types out of the way.
11353 // Handle pseudo-objects in the LHS.
11354 if (const BuiltinType *pty = LHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
11355 // Assignments with a pseudo-object l-value need special analysis.
11356 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject &&
11357 BinaryOperator::isAssignmentOp(Opc))
11358 return checkPseudoObjectAssignment(S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11360 // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable.
11361 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
11362 // We can't actually test that if we still have a placeholder,
11363 // though. Fortunately, none of the exceptions we see in that
11364 // code below are valid when the LHS is an overload set. Note
11365 // that an overload set can be dependently-typed, but it never
11366 // instantiates to having an overloadable type.
11367 ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr);
11368 if (resolvedRHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11369 RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get();
11371 if (RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() ||
11372 RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
11373 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11376 ExprResult LHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHSExpr);
11377 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11378 LHSExpr = LHS.get();
11381 // Handle pseudo-objects in the RHS.
11382 if (const BuiltinType *pty = RHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
11383 // An overload in the RHS can potentially be resolved by the type
11384 // being assigned to.
11385 if (Opc == BO_Assign && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
11386 if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent())
11387 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11389 if (LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
11390 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11392 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11395 // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable.
11396 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload &&
11397 LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
11398 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11400 ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr);
11401 if (!resolvedRHS.isUsable()) return ExprError();
11402 RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get();
11405 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11406 // If either expression is type-dependent, always build an
11408 if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent())
11409 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11411 // Otherwise, build an overloaded op if either expression has an
11412 // overloadable type.
11413 if (LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
11414 RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
11415 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11418 // Build a built-in binary operation.
11419 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
11422 ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
11423 UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
11425 ExprResult Input = InputExpr;
11426 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
11427 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
11428 QualType resultType;
11429 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11430 QualType Ty = InputExpr->getType();
11431 // The only legal unary operation for atomics is '&'.
11432 if ((Opc != UO_AddrOf && Ty->isAtomicType()) ||
11433 // OpenCL special types - image, sampler, pipe, and blocks are to be used
11434 // only with a builtin functions and therefore should be disallowed here.
11435 (Ty->isImageType() || Ty->isSamplerT() || Ty->isPipeType()
11436 || Ty->isBlockPointerType())) {
11437 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11438 << InputExpr->getType()
11439 << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11447 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OK,
11449 Opc == UO_PreInc ||
11451 Opc == UO_PreInc ||
11455 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
11456 RecordModifiableNonNullParam(*this, InputExpr);
11459 Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.get());
11460 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11461 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OpLoc);
11466 Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.get());
11467 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11468 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
11469 if (resultType->isDependentType())
11471 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
11473 else if (resultType->isVectorType() &&
11474 // The z vector extensions don't allow + or - with bool vectors.
11475 (!Context.getLangOpts().ZVector ||
11476 resultType->getAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() !=
11477 VectorType::AltiVecBool))
11479 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
11481 resultType->isPointerType())
11484 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11485 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11487 case UO_Not: // bitwise complement
11488 Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.get());
11489 if (Input.isInvalid())
11490 return ExprError();
11491 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
11492 if (resultType->isDependentType())
11494 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
11495 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
11496 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
11497 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
11498 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange();
11499 else if (resultType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
11501 else if (resultType->isExtVectorType()) {
11502 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11503 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.f: The bitwise operator not (~) does not operate
11504 // on vector float types.
11505 QualType T = resultType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
11506 if (!T->isIntegerType())
11507 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11508 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11512 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11513 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11517 case UO_LNot: // logical negation
11518 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
11519 Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.get());
11520 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11521 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
11523 // Though we still have to promote half FP to float...
11524 if (resultType->isHalfType() && !Context.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) {
11525 Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.get(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
11526 resultType = Context.FloatTy;
11529 if (resultType->isDependentType())
11531 if (resultType->isScalarType() && !isScopedEnumerationType(resultType)) {
11532 // C99 6.5.3.3p1: ok, fallthrough;
11533 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11534 // C++03 [expr.unary.op]p8, C++0x [expr.unary.op]p9:
11535 // operand contextually converted to bool.
11536 Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.get(), Context.BoolTy,
11537 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(resultType));
11538 } else if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
11539 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
11540 // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not
11541 // operate on scalar float types.
11542 if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
11543 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11544 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11546 } else if (resultType->isExtVectorType()) {
11547 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
11548 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
11549 // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not
11550 // operate on vector float types.
11551 QualType T = resultType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
11552 if (!T->isIntegerType())
11553 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11554 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11556 // Vector logical not returns the signed variant of the operand type.
11557 resultType = GetSignedVectorType(resultType);
11560 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
11561 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
11564 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
11565 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
11566 resultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
11570 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(*this, Input, OpLoc, Opc == UO_Real);
11571 // _Real maps ordinary l-values into ordinary l-values. _Imag maps ordinary
11572 // complex l-values to ordinary l-values and all other values to r-values.
11573 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11574 if (Opc == UO_Real || Input.get()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
11575 if (Input.get()->getValueKind() != VK_RValue &&
11576 Input.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)
11577 VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
11578 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11579 // In C, a volatile scalar is read by __imag. In C++, it is not.
11580 Input = DefaultLvalueConversion(Input.get());
11585 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
11586 VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
11587 OK = Input.get()->getObjectKind();
11590 if (resultType.isNull() || Input.isInvalid())
11591 return ExprError();
11593 // Check for array bounds violations in the operand of the UnaryOperator,
11594 // except for the '*' and '&' operators that have to be handled specially
11595 // by CheckArrayAccess (as there are special cases like &array[arraysize]
11596 // that are explicitly defined as valid by the standard).
11597 if (Opc != UO_AddrOf && Opc != UO_Deref)
11598 CheckArrayAccess(Input.get());
11600 return new (Context)
11601 UnaryOperator(Input.get(), Opc, resultType, VK, OK, OpLoc);
11604 /// \brief Determine whether the given expression is a qualified member
11605 /// access expression, of a form that could be turned into a pointer to member
11606 /// with the address-of operator.
11607 static bool isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E) {
11608 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
11609 if (!DRE->getQualifier())
11612 ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl();
11613 if (!VD->isCXXClassMember())
11616 if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
11618 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD))
11619 return Method->isInstance();
11624 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) {
11625 if (!ULE->getQualifier())
11628 for (NamedDecl *D : ULE->decls()) {
11629 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
11630 if (Method->isInstance())
11633 // Overload set does not contain methods.
11644 ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11645 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input) {
11646 // First things first: handle placeholders so that the
11647 // overloaded-operator check considers the right type.
11648 if (const BuiltinType *pty = Input->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
11649 // Increment and decrement of pseudo-object references.
11650 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject &&
11651 UnaryOperator::isIncrementDecrementOp(Opc))
11652 return checkPseudoObjectIncDec(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
11654 // extension is always a builtin operator.
11655 if (Opc == UO_Extension)
11656 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
11658 // & gets special logic for several kinds of placeholder.
11659 // The builtin code knows what to do.
11660 if (Opc == UO_AddrOf &&
11661 (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload ||
11662 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny ||
11663 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember))
11664 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
11666 // Anything else needs to be handled now.
11667 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input);
11668 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
11669 Input = Result.get();
11672 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
11673 UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc) != OO_None &&
11674 !(Opc == UO_AddrOf && isQualifiedMemberAccess(Input))) {
11675 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
11676 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
11677 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
11679 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
11680 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
11681 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
11682 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
11685 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, Input);
11688 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
11691 // Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
11692 ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
11693 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input) {
11694 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), Input);
11697 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
11698 ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
11699 LabelDecl *TheDecl) {
11700 TheDecl->markUsed(Context);
11701 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
11702 return new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, TheDecl,
11703 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy));
11706 /// Given the last statement in a statement-expression, check whether
11707 /// the result is a producing expression (like a call to an
11708 /// ns_returns_retained function) and, if so, rebuild it to hoist the
11709 /// release out of the full-expression. Otherwise, return null.
11711 static Expr *maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(Stmt *Statement) {
11712 // Should always be wrapped with one of these.
11713 ExprWithCleanups *cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Statement);
11714 if (!cleanups) return nullptr;
11716 ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(cleanups->getSubExpr());
11717 if (!cast || cast->getCastKind() != CK_ARCConsumeObject)
11720 // Splice out the cast. This shouldn't modify any interesting
11721 // features of the statement.
11722 Expr *producer = cast->getSubExpr();
11723 assert(producer->getType() == cast->getType());
11724 assert(producer->getValueKind() == cast->getValueKind());
11725 cleanups->setSubExpr(producer);
11729 void Sema::ActOnStartStmtExpr() {
11730 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
11733 void Sema::ActOnStmtExprError() {
11734 // Note that function is also called by TreeTransform when leaving a
11735 // StmtExpr scope without rebuilding anything.
11737 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
11738 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
11742 Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
11743 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
11744 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
11745 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
11747 if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
11748 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
11749 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() &&
11750 "cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!");
11751 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
11753 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
11754 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
11755 // More semantic analysis is needed.
11757 // If there are sub-stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
11758 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
11759 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
11760 bool StmtExprMayBindToTemp = false;
11761 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
11762 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
11763 LabelStmt *LastLabelStmt = nullptr;
11764 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
11765 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt)) {
11766 LastLabelStmt = Label;
11767 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
11770 if (Expr *LastE = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt)) {
11771 // Do function/array conversion on the last expression, but not
11772 // lvalue-to-rvalue. However, initialize an unqualified type.
11773 ExprResult LastExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LastE);
11774 if (LastExpr.isInvalid())
11775 return ExprError();
11776 Ty = LastExpr.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
11778 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && !LastExpr.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
11779 // In ARC, if the final expression ends in a consume, splice
11780 // the consume out and bind it later. In the alternate case
11781 // (when dealing with a retainable type), the result
11782 // initialization will create a produce. In both cases the
11783 // result will be +1, and we'll need to balance that out with
11785 if (Expr *rebuiltLastStmt
11786 = maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(LastExpr.get())) {
11787 LastExpr = rebuiltLastStmt;
11789 LastExpr = PerformCopyInitialization(
11790 InitializedEntity::InitializeResult(LPLoc,
11797 if (LastExpr.isInvalid())
11798 return ExprError();
11799 if (LastExpr.get() != nullptr) {
11800 if (!LastLabelStmt)
11801 Compound->setLastStmt(LastExpr.get());
11803 LastLabelStmt->setSubStmt(LastExpr.get());
11804 StmtExprMayBindToTemp = true;
11810 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
11811 // expressions are not lvalues.
11812 Expr *ResStmtExpr = new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc);
11813 if (StmtExprMayBindToTemp)
11814 return MaybeBindToTemporary(ResStmtExpr);
11815 return ResStmtExpr;
11818 ExprResult Sema::BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
11819 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
11820 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
11821 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
11822 QualType ArgTy = TInfo->getType();
11823 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
11824 SourceRange TypeRange = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
11826 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
11827 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
11828 // a struct/union/class.
11829 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
11830 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
11831 << ArgTy << TypeRange);
11833 // Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
11834 // with an incomplete type would be ill-formed.
11836 && RequireCompleteType(BuiltinLoc, ArgTy,
11837 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type, TypeRange))
11838 return ExprError();
11840 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
11841 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
11842 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
11843 // a system header!
11844 if (Components.size() != 1)
11845 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
11846 << SourceRange(Components[1].LocStart, Components.back().LocEnd);
11848 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
11849 QualType CurrentType = ArgTy;
11850 SmallVector<OffsetOfNode, 4> Comps;
11851 SmallVector<Expr*, 4> Exprs;
11852 for (const OffsetOfComponent &OC : Components) {
11853 if (OC.isBrackets) {
11854 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
11855 if (!CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
11856 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(CurrentType);
11858 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
11860 CurrentType = AT->getElementType();
11862 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
11864 ExprResult IdxRval = DefaultLvalueConversion(static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E));
11865 if (IdxRval.isInvalid())
11866 return ExprError();
11867 Expr *Idx = IdxRval.get();
11869 // The expression must be an integral expression.
11870 // FIXME: An integral constant expression?
11871 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->isValueDependent() &&
11872 !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
11873 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
11874 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
11875 << Idx->getSourceRange());
11877 // Record this array index.
11878 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, Exprs.size(), OC.LocEnd));
11879 Exprs.push_back(Idx);
11883 // Offset of a field.
11884 if (CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
11885 // We have the offset of a field, but we can't look into the dependent
11886 // type. Just record the identifier of the field.
11887 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocEnd));
11888 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
11892 // We need to have a complete type to look into.
11893 if (RequireCompleteType(OC.LocStart, CurrentType,
11894 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
11895 return ExprError();
11897 // Look for the designated field.
11898 const RecordType *RC = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>();
11900 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
11902 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
11904 // C++ [lib.support.types]p5:
11905 // The macro offsetof accepts a restricted set of type arguments in this
11906 // International Standard. type shall be a POD structure or a POD union
11908 // C++11 [support.types]p4:
11909 // If type is not a standard-layout class (Clause 9), the results are
11911 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
11912 bool IsSafe = LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? CRD->isStandardLayout() : CRD->isPOD();
11914 LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? diag::ext_offsetof_non_standardlayout_type
11915 : diag::ext_offsetof_non_pod_type;
11917 if (!IsSafe && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
11918 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc, nullptr,
11920 << SourceRange(Components[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
11922 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
11925 // Look for the field.
11926 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
11927 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
11928 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
11929 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectMemberDecl = nullptr;
11931 if ((IndirectMemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<IndirectFieldDecl>()))
11932 MemberDecl = IndirectMemberDecl->getAnonField();
11936 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
11937 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart,
11941 // (If the specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.)
11943 // We diagnose this as an error.
11944 if (MemberDecl->isBitField()) {
11945 Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_bitfield)
11946 << MemberDecl->getDeclName()
11947 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
11948 Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_bitfield_decl);
11949 return ExprError();
11952 RecordDecl *Parent = MemberDecl->getParent();
11953 if (IndirectMemberDecl)
11954 Parent = cast<RecordDecl>(IndirectMemberDecl->getDeclContext());
11956 // If the member was found in a base class, introduce OffsetOfNodes for
11957 // the base class indirections.
11958 CXXBasePaths Paths;
11959 if (IsDerivedFrom(OC.LocStart, CurrentType, Context.getTypeDeclType(Parent),
11961 if (Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
11962 Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_field_of_virtual_base)
11963 << MemberDecl->getDeclName()
11964 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
11965 return ExprError();
11968 CXXBasePath &Path = Paths.front();
11969 for (const CXXBasePathElement &B : Path)
11970 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(B.Base));
11973 if (IndirectMemberDecl) {
11974 for (auto *FI : IndirectMemberDecl->chain()) {
11975 assert(isa<FieldDecl>(FI));
11976 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart,
11977 cast<FieldDecl>(FI), OC.LocEnd));
11980 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd));
11982 CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType();
11985 return OffsetOfExpr::Create(Context, Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc, TInfo,
11986 Comps, Exprs, RParenLoc);
11989 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
11990 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
11991 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
11992 ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
11993 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
11994 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
11996 TypeSourceInfo *ArgTInfo;
11997 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedArgTy, &ArgTInfo);
11998 if (ArgTy.isNull())
11999 return ExprError();
12002 ArgTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ArgTy, TypeLoc);
12004 return BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(BuiltinLoc, ArgTInfo, Components, RParenLoc);
12008 ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
12010 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
12011 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
12012 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
12014 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
12015 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
12017 bool ValueDependent = false;
12018 bool CondIsTrue = false;
12019 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
12020 resType = Context.DependentTy;
12021 ValueDependent = true;
12023 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
12024 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
12026 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(CondExpr, &condEval,
12027 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant, false);
12028 if (CondICE.isInvalid())
12029 return ExprError();
12030 CondExpr = CondICE.get();
12031 CondIsTrue = condEval.getZExtValue();
12033 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
12034 Expr *ActiveExpr = CondIsTrue ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr;
12036 resType = ActiveExpr->getType();
12037 ValueDependent = ActiveExpr->isValueDependent();
12038 VK = ActiveExpr->getValueKind();
12039 OK = ActiveExpr->getObjectKind();
12042 return new (Context)
12043 ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, resType, VK, OK, RPLoc,
12044 CondIsTrue, resType->isDependentType(), ValueDependent);
12047 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12048 // Clang Extensions.
12049 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12051 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
12052 void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
12053 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
12055 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
12056 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
12057 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
12058 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Block->getDeclContext(),
12059 ManglingContextDecl)) {
12060 unsigned ManglingNumber = MCtx->getManglingNumber(Block);
12061 Block->setBlockMangling(ManglingNumber, ManglingContextDecl);
12065 PushBlockScope(CurScope, Block);
12066 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
12068 PushDeclContext(CurScope, Block);
12070 CurContext = Block;
12072 getCurBlock()->HasImplicitReturnType = true;
12074 // Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the block from any
12075 // cleanups from the enclosing full-expression.
12076 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated);
12079 void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
12081 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
12082 "block-id should have no identifier!");
12083 assert(ParamInfo.getContext() == Declarator::BlockLiteralContext);
12084 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
12086 TypeSourceInfo *Sig = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
12087 QualType T = Sig->getType();
12089 // FIXME: We should allow unexpanded parameter packs here, but that would,
12090 // in turn, make the block expression contain unexpanded parameter packs.
12091 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(CaretLoc, Sig, UPPC_Block)) {
12092 // Drop the parameters.
12093 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
12094 EPI.HasTrailingReturn = false;
12095 EPI.TypeQuals |= DeclSpec::TQ_const;
12096 T = Context.getFunctionType(Context.DependentTy, None, EPI);
12097 Sig = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
12100 // GetTypeForDeclarator always produces a function type for a block
12101 // literal signature. Furthermore, it is always a FunctionProtoType
12102 // unless the function was written with a typedef.
12103 assert(T->isFunctionType() &&
12104 "GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature");
12106 // Look for an explicit signature in that function type.
12107 FunctionProtoTypeLoc ExplicitSignature;
12109 TypeLoc tmp = Sig->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens();
12110 if ((ExplicitSignature = tmp.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>())) {
12112 // Check whether that explicit signature was synthesized by
12113 // GetTypeForDeclarator. If so, don't save that as part of the
12114 // written signature.
12115 if (ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeBegin() ==
12116 ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeEnd()) {
12117 // This would be much cheaper if we stored TypeLocs instead of
12118 // TypeSourceInfos.
12119 TypeLoc Result = ExplicitSignature.getReturnLoc();
12120 unsigned Size = Result.getFullDataSize();
12121 Sig = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Result.getType(), Size);
12122 Sig->getTypeLoc().initializeFullCopy(Result, Size);
12124 ExplicitSignature = FunctionProtoTypeLoc();
12128 CurBlock->TheDecl->setSignatureAsWritten(Sig);
12129 CurBlock->FunctionType = T;
12131 const FunctionType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
12132 QualType RetTy = Fn->getReturnType();
12134 (isa<FunctionProtoType>(Fn) && cast<FunctionProtoType>(Fn)->isVariadic());
12136 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(isVariadic);
12138 // Context.DependentTy is used as a placeholder for a missing block
12139 // return type. TODO: what should we do with declarators like:
12141 // If the answer is "apply template argument deduction"....
12142 if (RetTy != Context.DependentTy) {
12143 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
12144 CurBlock->TheDecl->setBlockMissingReturnType(false);
12145 CurBlock->HasImplicitReturnType = false;
12148 // Push block parameters from the declarator if we had them.
12149 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 8> Params;
12150 if (ExplicitSignature) {
12151 for (unsigned I = 0, E = ExplicitSignature.getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
12152 ParmVarDecl *Param = ExplicitSignature.getParam(I);
12153 if (Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
12154 !Param->isImplicit() &&
12155 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
12156 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12157 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
12158 Params.push_back(Param);
12161 // Fake up parameter variables if we have a typedef, like
12162 // ^ fntype { ... }
12163 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
12164 for (const auto &I : Fn->param_types()) {
12165 ParmVarDecl *Param = BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(
12166 CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo.getLocStart(), I);
12167 Params.push_back(Param);
12171 // Set the parameters on the block decl.
12172 if (!Params.empty()) {
12173 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Params);
12174 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters(),
12175 /*CheckParameterNames=*/false);
12178 // Finally we can process decl attributes.
12179 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
12181 // Put the parameter variables in scope.
12182 for (auto AI : CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters()) {
12183 AI->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
12185 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
12186 if (AI->getIdentifier()) {
12187 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, AI);
12189 PushOnScopeChains(AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
12194 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
12195 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
12196 void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
12197 // Leave the expression-evaluation context.
12198 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12199 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
12201 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
12203 PopFunctionScopeInfo();
12206 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
12207 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
12208 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
12209 Stmt *Body, Scope *CurScope) {
12210 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
12211 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
12212 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable) << LangOpts.OpenCL;
12214 // Leave the expression-evaluation context.
12215 if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
12216 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12217 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() &&
12218 "cleanups within block not correctly bound!");
12219 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
12221 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
12223 if (BSI->HasImplicitReturnType)
12224 deduceClosureReturnType(*BSI);
12228 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
12229 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
12230 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
12232 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->hasAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
12235 // Set the captured variables on the block.
12236 // FIXME: Share capture structure between BlockDecl and CapturingScopeInfo!
12237 SmallVector<BlockDecl::Capture, 4> Captures;
12238 for (CapturingScopeInfo::Capture &Cap : BSI->Captures) {
12239 if (Cap.isThisCapture())
12241 BlockDecl::Capture NewCap(Cap.getVariable(), Cap.isBlockCapture(),
12242 Cap.isNested(), Cap.getInitExpr());
12243 Captures.push_back(NewCap);
12245 BSI->TheDecl->setCaptures(Context, Captures, BSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0);
12247 // If the user wrote a function type in some form, try to use that.
12248 if (!BSI->FunctionType.isNull()) {
12249 const FunctionType *FTy = BSI->FunctionType->getAs<FunctionType>();
12251 FunctionType::ExtInfo Ext = FTy->getExtInfo();
12252 if (NoReturn && !Ext.getNoReturn()) Ext = Ext.withNoReturn(true);
12254 // Turn protoless block types into nullary block types.
12255 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FTy)) {
12256 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
12258 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI);
12260 // Otherwise, if we don't need to change anything about the function type,
12261 // preserve its sugar structure.
12262 } else if (FTy->getReturnType() == RetTy &&
12263 (!NoReturn || FTy->getNoReturnAttr())) {
12264 BlockTy = BSI->FunctionType;
12266 // Otherwise, make the minimal modifications to the function type.
12268 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(FTy);
12269 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
12270 EPI.TypeQuals = 0; // FIXME: silently?
12272 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI);
12275 // If we don't have a function type, just build one from nothing.
12277 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
12278 EPI.ExtInfo = FunctionType::ExtInfo().withNoReturn(NoReturn);
12279 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI);
12282 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->TheDecl->parameters());
12283 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
12285 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
12286 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
12287 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
12288 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
12290 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
12292 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check again
12293 // if we can do this, though, because blocks keep return statements around
12294 // to deduce an implicit return type.
12295 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && RetTy->isRecordType() &&
12296 !BSI->TheDecl->isDependentContext())
12297 computeNRVO(Body, BSI);
12299 BlockExpr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
12300 AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
12301 PopFunctionScopeInfo(&WP, Result->getBlockDecl(), Result);
12303 // If the block isn't obviously global, i.e. it captures anything at
12304 // all, then we need to do a few things in the surrounding context:
12305 if (Result->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures()) {
12306 // First, this expression has a new cleanup object.
12307 ExprCleanupObjects.push_back(Result->getBlockDecl());
12308 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
12310 // It also gets a branch-protected scope if any of the captured
12311 // variables needs destruction.
12312 for (const auto &CI : Result->getBlockDecl()->captures()) {
12313 const VarDecl *var = CI.getVariable();
12314 if (var->getType().isDestructedType() != QualType::DK_none) {
12315 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
12324 ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
12325 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
12326 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
12327 GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
12328 return BuildVAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc);
12331 ExprResult Sema::BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
12332 Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12333 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
12334 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
12337 // CUDA device code does not support varargs.
12338 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) {
12339 if (const FunctionDecl *F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) {
12340 CUDAFunctionTarget T = IdentifyCUDATarget(F);
12341 if (T == CFT_Global || T == CFT_Device || T == CFT_HostDevice)
12342 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_arg_in_device));
12346 // It might be a __builtin_ms_va_list. (But don't ever mark a va_arg()
12347 // as Microsoft ABI on an actual Microsoft platform, where
12348 // __builtin_ms_va_list and __builtin_va_list are the same.)
12349 if (!E->isTypeDependent() && Context.getTargetInfo().hasBuiltinMSVaList() &&
12350 Context.getTargetInfo().getBuiltinVaListKind() != TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList) {
12351 QualType MSVaListType = Context.getBuiltinMSVaListType();
12352 if (Context.hasSameType(MSVaListType, E->getType())) {
12353 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
12354 return ExprError();
12359 // Get the va_list type
12360 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
12362 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
12363 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
12364 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
12365 // a pointer for va_arg.
12366 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
12367 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
12368 ExprResult Result = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
12369 if (Result.isInvalid())
12370 return ExprError();
12372 } else if (VaListType->isRecordType() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12373 // If va_list is a record type and we are compiling in C++ mode,
12374 // check the argument using reference binding.
12375 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
12376 Context, Context.getLValueReferenceType(VaListType), false);
12377 ExprResult Init = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), E);
12378 if (Init.isInvalid())
12379 return ExprError();
12380 E = Init.getAs<Expr>();
12382 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
12383 // it is modified by va_arg.
12384 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
12385 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
12386 return ExprError();
12390 if (!IsMS && !E->isTypeDependent() &&
12391 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType()))
12392 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
12393 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
12394 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
12396 if (!TInfo->getType()->isDependentType()) {
12397 if (RequireCompleteType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TInfo->getType(),
12398 diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_incomplete,
12399 TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
12400 return ExprError();
12402 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
12404 diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_abstract,
12405 TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
12406 return ExprError();
12408 if (!TInfo->getType().isPODType(Context)) {
12409 Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
12410 TInfo->getType()->isObjCLifetimeType()
12411 ? diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_ownership_qualified
12412 : diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_not_pod)
12413 << TInfo->getType()
12414 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
12417 // Check for va_arg where arguments of the given type will be promoted
12418 // (i.e. this va_arg is guaranteed to have undefined behavior).
12419 QualType PromoteType;
12420 if (TInfo->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
12421 PromoteType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(TInfo->getType());
12422 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(PromoteType, TInfo->getType()))
12423 PromoteType = QualType();
12425 if (TInfo->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
12426 PromoteType = Context.DoubleTy;
12427 if (!PromoteType.isNull())
12428 DiagRuntimeBehavior(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), E,
12429 PDiag(diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_never_compatible)
12430 << TInfo->getType()
12432 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange());
12435 QualType T = TInfo->getType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
12436 return new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc, T, IsMS);
12439 ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
12440 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
12441 // pointers on the target.
12443 unsigned pw = Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0);
12444 if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth())
12445 Ty = Context.IntTy;
12446 else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())
12447 Ty = Context.LongTy;
12448 else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth())
12449 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
12451 llvm_unreachable("I don't know size of pointer!");
12454 return new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc);
12457 bool Sema::ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&Exp,
12459 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1)
12462 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
12466 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
12467 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
12468 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
12469 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
12473 // Ignore any parens, implicit casts (should only be
12474 // array-to-pointer decays), and not-so-opaque values. The last is
12475 // important for making this trigger for property assignments.
12476 Expr *SrcExpr = Exp->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
12477 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OV = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SrcExpr))
12478 if (OV->getSourceExpr())
12479 SrcExpr = OV->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
12481 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr);
12482 if (!SL || !SL->isAscii())
12485 Diag(SL->getLocStart(), diag::err_missing_atsign_prefix)
12486 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
12487 Exp = BuildObjCStringLiteral(SL->getLocStart(), SL).get();
12492 static bool maybeDiagnoseAssignmentToFunction(Sema &S, QualType DstType,
12493 const Expr *SrcExpr) {
12494 if (!DstType->isFunctionPointerType() ||
12495 !SrcExpr->getType()->isFunctionType())
12498 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
12502 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
12506 return !S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD,
12508 SrcExpr->getLocStart());
12511 bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
12512 SourceLocation Loc,
12513 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
12514 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
12515 bool *Complained) {
12517 *Complained = false;
12519 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
12520 bool CheckInferredResultType = false;
12521 bool isInvalid = false;
12522 unsigned DiagKind = 0;
12524 ConversionFixItGenerator ConvHints;
12525 bool MayHaveConvFixit = false;
12526 bool MayHaveFunctionDiff = false;
12527 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr;
12528 const ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = nullptr;
12532 DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(DstType, SrcType, SrcExpr);
12536 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
12537 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
12538 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
12541 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
12542 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
12543 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
12545 case IncompatiblePointer:
12546 if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited)
12547 DiagKind = diag::err_arc_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
12548 else if (SrcType->isFunctionPointerType() &&
12549 DstType->isFunctionPointerType())
12550 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_function_pointer;
12552 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
12554 CheckInferredResultType = DstType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
12555 SrcType->isObjCObjectPointerType();
12556 if (Hint.isNull() && !CheckInferredResultType) {
12557 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
12559 else if (CheckInferredResultType) {
12560 SrcType = SrcType.getUnqualifiedType();
12561 DstType = DstType.getUnqualifiedType();
12563 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
12565 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
12566 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
12568 case FunctionVoidPointer:
12569 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
12571 case IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: {
12572 // Perform array-to-pointer decay if necessary.
12573 if (SrcType->isArrayType()) SrcType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(SrcType);
12575 Qualifiers lhq = SrcType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
12576 Qualifiers rhq = DstType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
12577 if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) {
12578 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_address_space;
12582 } else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) {
12583 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_ownership;
12587 llvm_unreachable("unknown error case for discarding qualifiers!");
12590 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
12591 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
12592 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
12593 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
12594 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
12595 // checkPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
12596 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
12597 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
12598 // of a larger effort to fix checkPointerTypesForAssignment for
12600 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12601 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
12603 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
12605 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
12606 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
12608 case IntToBlockPointer:
12609 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
12611 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
12612 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
12614 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId: {
12615 if (SrcType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
12616 const ObjCObjectPointerType *srcOPT =
12617 SrcType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
12618 for (auto *srcProto : srcOPT->quals()) {
12622 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
12623 DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType())
12624 IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
12626 else if (DstType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
12627 const ObjCObjectPointerType *dstOPT =
12628 DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
12629 for (auto *dstProto : dstOPT->quals()) {
12633 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
12634 SrcType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType())
12635 IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
12637 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
12640 case IncompatibleVectors:
12641 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
12643 case IncompatibleObjCWeakRef:
12644 DiagKind = diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign;
12647 if (maybeDiagnoseAssignmentToFunction(*this, DstType, SrcExpr)) {
12649 *Complained = true;
12653 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
12654 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
12655 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
12657 MayHaveFunctionDiff = true;
12661 QualType FirstType, SecondType;
12664 case AA_Initializing:
12665 // The destination type comes first.
12666 FirstType = DstType;
12667 SecondType = SrcType;
12672 case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
12673 case AA_Converting:
12676 // The source type comes first.
12677 FirstType = SrcType;
12678 SecondType = DstType;
12682 PartialDiagnostic FDiag = PDiag(DiagKind);
12683 if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited)
12684 FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << AA_Passing << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
12686 FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << Action << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
12688 // If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts.
12689 assert(ConvHints.isNull() || Hint.isNull());
12690 if (!ConvHints.isNull()) {
12691 for (FixItHint &H : ConvHints.Hints)
12696 if (MayHaveConvFixit) { FDiag << (unsigned) (ConvHints.Kind); }
12698 if (MayHaveFunctionDiff)
12699 HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(FDiag, SecondType, FirstType);
12702 if (DiagKind == diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id &&
12703 PDecl && IFace && !IFace->hasDefinition())
12704 Diag(IFace->getLocation(), diag::not_incomplete_class_and_qualified_id)
12705 << IFace->getName() << PDecl->getName();
12707 if (SecondType == Context.OverloadTy)
12708 NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OverloadExpr::find(SrcExpr).Expression,
12709 FirstType, /*TakingAddress=*/true);
12711 if (CheckInferredResultType)
12712 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(SrcExpr);
12714 if (Action == AA_Returning && ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer)
12715 EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(DstType);
12718 *Complained = true;
12722 ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
12723 llvm::APSInt *Result) {
12724 class SimpleICEDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser {
12726 void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) override {
12727 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_expr_not_ice) << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus << SR;
12731 return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser);
12734 ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
12735 llvm::APSInt *Result,
12738 class IDDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser {
12742 IDDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID)
12743 : VerifyICEDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID) { }
12745 void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) override {
12746 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << SR;
12748 } Diagnoser(DiagID);
12750 return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser, AllowFold);
12753 void Sema::VerifyICEDiagnoser::diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
12755 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_expr_not_ice) << SR << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus;
12759 Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
12760 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
12762 SourceLocation DiagLoc = E->getLocStart();
12764 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
12765 // C++11 [expr.const]p5:
12766 // If an expression of literal class type is used in a context where an
12767 // integral constant expression is required, then that class type shall
12768 // have a single non-explicit conversion function to an integral or
12769 // unscoped enumeration type
12770 ExprResult Converted;
12771 class CXX11ConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
12773 CXX11ConvertDiagnoser(bool Silent)
12774 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false,
12777 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
12778 QualType T) override {
12779 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_not_integral) << T;
12782 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
12783 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
12784 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_incomplete_type) << T;
12787 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
12788 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
12789 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
12792 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
12793 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
12794 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here)
12795 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
12798 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
12799 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
12800 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
12803 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
12804 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
12805 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here)
12806 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
12809 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
12810 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
12811 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
12813 } ConvertDiagnoser(Diagnoser.Suppress);
12815 Converted = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(DiagLoc, E,
12817 if (Converted.isInvalid())
12819 E = Converted.get();
12820 if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
12821 return ExprError();
12822 } else if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
12823 // An ICE must be of integral or unscoped enumeration type.
12824 if (!Diagnoser.Suppress)
12825 Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
12826 return ExprError();
12829 // Circumvent ICE checking in C++11 to avoid evaluating the expression twice
12830 // in the non-ICE case.
12831 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
12833 *Result = E->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Context);
12837 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
12838 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
12839 EvalResult.Diag = &Notes;
12841 // Try to evaluate the expression, and produce diagnostics explaining why it's
12842 // not a constant expression as a side-effect.
12843 bool Folded = E->EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult, Context) &&
12844 EvalResult.Val.isInt() && !EvalResult.HasSideEffects;
12846 // In C++11, we can rely on diagnostics being produced for any expression
12847 // which is not a constant expression. If no diagnostics were produced, then
12848 // this is a constant expression.
12849 if (Folded && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Notes.empty()) {
12851 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
12855 // If our only note is the usual "invalid subexpression" note, just point
12856 // the caret at its location rather than producing an essentially
12858 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
12859 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
12860 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
12864 if (!Folded || !AllowFold) {
12865 if (!Diagnoser.Suppress) {
12866 Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
12867 for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Note : Notes)
12868 Diag(Note.first, Note.second);
12871 return ExprError();
12874 Diagnoser.diagnoseFold(*this, DiagLoc, E->getSourceRange());
12875 for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Note : Notes)
12876 Diag(Note.first, Note.second);
12879 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
12884 // Handle the case where we conclude a expression which we speculatively
12885 // considered to be unevaluated is actually evaluated.
12886 class TransformToPE : public TreeTransform<TransformToPE> {
12887 typedef TreeTransform<TransformToPE> BaseTransform;
12890 TransformToPE(Sema &SemaRef) : BaseTransform(SemaRef) { }
12892 // Make sure we redo semantic analysis
12893 bool AlwaysRebuild() { return true; }
12895 // Make sure we handle LabelStmts correctly.
12896 // FIXME: This does the right thing, but maybe we need a more general
12897 // fix to TreeTransform?
12898 StmtResult TransformLabelStmt(LabelStmt *S) {
12899 S->getDecl()->setStmt(nullptr);
12900 return BaseTransform::TransformLabelStmt(S);
12903 // We need to special-case DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls which
12904 // are not part of a member pointer formation; normal TreeTransforming
12905 // doesn't catch this case because of the way we represent them in the AST.
12906 // FIXME: This is a bit ugly; is it really the best way to handle this
12909 // Error on DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls.
12910 ExprResult TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
12911 if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getDecl()) &&
12912 !SemaRef.isUnevaluatedContext())
12913 return SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocation(),
12914 diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
12915 << E->getDecl() << E->getSourceRange();
12917 return BaseTransform::TransformDeclRefExpr(E);
12920 // Exception: filter out member pointer formation
12921 ExprResult TransformUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
12922 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && E->getType()->isMemberPointerType())
12925 return BaseTransform::TransformUnaryOperator(E);
12928 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) {
12929 // Lambdas never need to be transformed.
12935 ExprResult Sema::TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E) {
12936 assert(isUnevaluatedContext() &&
12937 "Should only transform unevaluated expressions");
12938 ExprEvalContexts.back().Context =
12939 ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size()-2].Context;
12940 if (isUnevaluatedContext())
12942 return TransformToPE(*this).TransformExpr(E);
12946 Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
12947 Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
12949 ExprEvalContexts.emplace_back(NewContext, ExprCleanupObjects.size(), Cleanup,
12950 LambdaContextDecl, IsDecltype);
12952 if (!MaybeODRUseExprs.empty())
12953 std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, ExprEvalContexts.back().SavedMaybeODRUseExprs);
12957 Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
12958 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
12960 Decl *ClosureContextDecl = ExprEvalContexts.back().ManglingContextDecl;
12961 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, ClosureContextDecl, IsDecltype);
12964 void Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
12965 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord& Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
12966 unsigned NumTypos = Rec.NumTypos;
12968 if (!Rec.Lambdas.empty()) {
12969 if (Rec.isUnevaluated() || Rec.Context == ConstantEvaluated) {
12971 if (Rec.isUnevaluated()) {
12972 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p2:
12973 // A lambda-expression shall not appear in an unevaluated operand
12975 D = diag::err_lambda_unevaluated_operand;
12977 // C++1y [expr.const]p2:
12978 // A conditional-expression e is a core constant expression unless the
12979 // evaluation of e, following the rules of the abstract machine, would
12980 // evaluate [...] a lambda-expression.
12981 D = diag::err_lambda_in_constant_expression;
12983 for (const auto *L : Rec.Lambdas)
12984 Diag(L->getLocStart(), D);
12986 // Mark the capture expressions odr-used. This was deferred
12987 // during lambda expression creation.
12988 for (auto *Lambda : Rec.Lambdas) {
12989 for (auto *C : Lambda->capture_inits())
12990 MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(C);
12995 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
12996 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
12997 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
12998 // will never be constructed.
12999 if (Rec.isUnevaluated() || Rec.Context == ConstantEvaluated) {
13000 ExprCleanupObjects.erase(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + Rec.NumCleanupObjects,
13001 ExprCleanupObjects.end());
13002 Cleanup = Rec.ParentCleanup;
13003 CleanupVarDeclMarking();
13004 std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs);
13005 // Otherwise, merge the contexts together.
13007 Cleanup.mergeFrom(Rec.ParentCleanup);
13008 MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.begin(),
13009 Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.end());
13012 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
13013 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
13015 if (!ExprEvalContexts.empty())
13016 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos += NumTypos;
13018 assert(NumTypos == 0 && "There are outstanding typos after popping the "
13019 "last ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord");
13022 void Sema::DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext() {
13023 ExprCleanupObjects.erase(
13024 ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects,
13025 ExprCleanupObjects.end());
13027 MaybeODRUseExprs.clear();
13030 ExprResult Sema::HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E) {
13031 if (!E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
13033 return TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
13036 static bool IsPotentiallyEvaluatedContext(Sema &SemaRef) {
13037 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
13038 // an instantiation.
13039 if (SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext())
13042 switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
13043 case Sema::Unevaluated:
13044 case Sema::UnevaluatedAbstract:
13045 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
13046 // (Depending on how you read the standard, we actually do need to do
13047 // something here for null pointer constants, but the standard's
13048 // definition of a null pointer constant is completely crazy.)
13051 case Sema::DiscardedStatement:
13052 // These are technically a potentially evaluated but they have the effect
13053 // of suppressing use marking.
13056 case Sema::ConstantEvaluated:
13057 case Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated:
13058 // We are in a potentially evaluated expression (or a constant-expression
13059 // in C++03); we need to do implicit template instantiation, implicitly
13060 // define class members, and mark most declarations as used.
13063 case Sema::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
13064 // Referenced declarations will only be used if the construct in the
13065 // containing expression is used.
13068 llvm_unreachable("Invalid context");
13071 /// \brief Mark a function referenced, and check whether it is odr-used
13072 /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3)
13073 void Sema::MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
13074 bool MightBeOdrUse) {
13075 assert(Func && "No function?");
13077 Func->setReferenced();
13079 // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p3:
13080 // A function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression is
13081 // odr-used if it is the unique lookup result or the selected member of a
13082 // set of overloaded functions [...].
13084 // We (incorrectly) mark overload resolution as an unevaluated context, so we
13085 // can just check that here.
13086 bool OdrUse = MightBeOdrUse && IsPotentiallyEvaluatedContext(*this);
13088 // Determine whether we require a function definition to exist, per
13089 // C++11 [temp.inst]p3:
13090 // Unless a function template specialization has been explicitly
13091 // instantiated or explicitly specialized, the function template
13092 // specialization is implicitly instantiated when the specialization is
13093 // referenced in a context that requires a function definition to exist.
13095 // We consider constexpr function templates to be referenced in a context
13096 // that requires a definition to exist whenever they are referenced.
13098 // FIXME: This instantiates constexpr functions too frequently. If this is
13099 // really an unevaluated context (and we're not just in the definition of a
13100 // function template or overload resolution or other cases which we
13101 // incorrectly consider to be unevaluated contexts), and we're not in a
13102 // subexpression which we actually need to evaluate (for instance, a
13103 // template argument, array bound or an expression in a braced-init-list),
13104 // we are not permitted to instantiate this constexpr function definition.
13106 // FIXME: This also implicitly defines special members too frequently. They
13107 // are only supposed to be implicitly defined if they are odr-used, but they
13108 // are not odr-used from constant expressions in unevaluated contexts.
13109 // However, they cannot be referenced if they are deleted, and they are
13110 // deleted whenever the implicit definition of the special member would
13111 // fail (with very few exceptions).
13112 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func);
13113 bool NeedDefinition =
13114 OdrUse || (Func->isConstexpr() && (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable() ||
13115 (MD && !MD->isUserProvided())));
13117 // C++14 [temp.expl.spec]p6:
13118 // If a template [...] is explicitly specialized then that specialization
13119 // shall be declared before the first use of that specialization that would
13120 // cause an implicit instantiation to take place, in every translation unit
13121 // in which such a use occurs
13122 if (NeedDefinition &&
13123 (Func->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_Undeclared ||
13124 Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo()))
13125 checkSpecializationVisibility(Loc, Func);
13127 // If we don't need to mark the function as used, and we don't need to
13128 // try to provide a definition, there's nothing more to do.
13129 if ((Func->isUsed(/*CheckUsedAttr=*/false) || !OdrUse) &&
13130 (!NeedDefinition || Func->getBody()))
13133 // Note that this declaration has been used.
13134 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) {
13135 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Constructor->getFirstDecl());
13136 if (Constructor->isDefaulted() && !Constructor->isDeleted()) {
13137 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
13138 if (Constructor->isTrivial() && !Constructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
13140 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
13141 } else if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor()) {
13142 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
13143 } else if (Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) {
13144 DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
13146 } else if (Constructor->getInheritedConstructor()) {
13147 DefineInheritingConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
13149 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
13150 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func)) {
13151 Destructor = cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Destructor->getFirstDecl());
13152 if (Destructor->isDefaulted() && !Destructor->isDeleted()) {
13153 if (Destructor->isTrivial() && !Destructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
13155 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
13157 if (Destructor->isVirtual() && getLangOpts().AppleKext)
13158 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Destructor->getParent());
13159 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func)) {
13160 if (MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
13161 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
13162 MethodDecl = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl());
13163 if (MethodDecl->isDefaulted() && !MethodDecl->isDeleted()) {
13164 if (MethodDecl->isCopyAssignmentOperator())
13165 DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
13166 else if (MethodDecl->isMoveAssignmentOperator())
13167 DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
13169 } else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl) &&
13170 MethodDecl->getParent()->isLambda()) {
13171 CXXConversionDecl *Conversion =
13172 cast<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl());
13173 if (Conversion->isLambdaToBlockPointerConversion())
13174 DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion);
13176 DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion);
13177 } else if (MethodDecl->isVirtual() && getLangOpts().AppleKext)
13178 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, MethodDecl->getParent());
13181 // Recursive functions should be marked when used from another function.
13182 // FIXME: Is this really right?
13183 if (CurContext == Func) return;
13185 // Resolve the exception specification for any function which is
13186 // used: CodeGen will need it.
13187 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = Func->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
13188 if (FPT && isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType()))
13189 ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT);
13191 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
13192 // class templates.
13193 if (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
13194 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
13195 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Loc;
13196 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
13197 = Func->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
13198 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
13199 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
13200 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
13201 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
13202 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
13203 PointOfInstantiation = SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation();
13205 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
13206 = Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
13207 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
13208 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
13209 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
13210 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
13211 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
13212 PointOfInstantiation = MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation();
13216 if (!AlreadyInstantiated || Func->isConstexpr()) {
13217 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext()) &&
13218 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass() &&
13219 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size())
13220 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(
13221 std::make_pair(Func, PointOfInstantiation));
13222 else if (Func->isConstexpr())
13223 // Do not defer instantiations of constexpr functions, to avoid the
13224 // expression evaluator needing to call back into Sema if it sees a
13225 // call to such a function.
13226 InstantiateFunctionDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Func);
13228 PendingInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Func,
13229 PointOfInstantiation));
13230 // Notify the consumer that a function was implicitly instantiated.
13231 Consumer.HandleCXXImplicitFunctionInstantiation(Func);
13235 // Walk redefinitions, as some of them may be instantiable.
13236 for (auto i : Func->redecls()) {
13237 if (!i->isUsed(false) && i->isImplicitlyInstantiable())
13238 MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, i, OdrUse);
13242 if (!OdrUse) return;
13244 // Keep track of used but undefined functions.
13245 if (!Func->isDefined()) {
13246 if (mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(Func))
13247 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc));
13248 else if (Func->getMostRecentDecl()->isInlined() &&
13249 !LangOpts.GNUInline &&
13250 !Func->getMostRecentDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
13251 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc));
13254 Func->markUsed(Context);
13258 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
13259 ValueDecl *var, DeclContext *DC) {
13260 DeclContext *VarDC = var->getDeclContext();
13262 // If the parameter still belongs to the translation unit, then
13263 // we're actually just using one parameter in the declaration of
13265 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(var) &&
13266 isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(VarDC))
13269 // For C code, don't diagnose about capture if we're not actually in code
13270 // right now; it's impossible to write a non-constant expression outside of
13271 // function context, so we'll get other (more useful) diagnostics later.
13273 // For C++, things get a bit more nasty... it would be nice to suppress this
13274 // diagnostic for certain cases like using a local variable in an array bound
13275 // for a member of a local class, but the correct predicate is not obvious.
13276 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !S.CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
13279 unsigned ValueKind = isa<BindingDecl>(var) ? 1 : 0;
13280 unsigned ContextKind = 3; // unknown
13281 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VarDC) &&
13282 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VarDC->getParent())->isLambda()) {
13284 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(VarDC)) {
13286 } else if (isa<BlockDecl>(VarDC)) {
13290 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_in_enclosing_context)
13291 << var << ValueKind << ContextKind << VarDC;
13292 S.Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
13295 // FIXME: Add additional diagnostic info about class etc. which prevents
13300 static bool isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, VarDecl *Var,
13301 bool &SubCapturesAreNested,
13302 QualType &CaptureType,
13303 QualType &DeclRefType) {
13304 // Check whether we've already captured it.
13305 if (CSI->CaptureMap.count(Var)) {
13306 // If we found a capture, any subcaptures are nested.
13307 SubCapturesAreNested = true;
13309 // Retrieve the capture type for this variable.
13310 CaptureType = CSI->getCapture(Var).getCaptureType();
13312 // Compute the type of an expression that refers to this variable.
13313 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
13315 // Similarly to mutable captures in lambda, all the OpenMP captures by copy
13316 // are mutable in the sense that user can change their value - they are
13317 // private instances of the captured declarations.
13318 const CapturingScopeInfo::Capture &Cap = CSI->getCapture(Var);
13319 if (Cap.isCopyCapture() &&
13320 !(isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI) && cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Mutable) &&
13321 !(isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI) &&
13322 cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP))
13323 DeclRefType.addConst();
13329 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can
13330 // capture; other scopes don't work.
13331 static DeclContext *getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DeclContext *DC, VarDecl *Var,
13332 SourceLocation Loc,
13333 const bool Diagnose, Sema &S) {
13334 if (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) || isa<CapturedDecl>(DC) || isLambdaCallOperator(DC))
13335 return getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC);
13336 else if (Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
13338 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(S, Loc, Var, DC);
13343 // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture
13344 // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.)
13345 // so check for eligibility.
13346 static bool isVariableCapturable(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, VarDecl *Var,
13347 SourceLocation Loc,
13348 const bool Diagnose, Sema &S) {
13350 bool IsBlock = isa<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI);
13351 bool IsLambda = isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
13353 // Lambdas are not allowed to capture unnamed variables
13354 // (e.g. anonymous unions).
13355 // FIXME: The C++11 rule don't actually state this explicitly, but I'm
13356 // assuming that's the intent.
13357 if (IsLambda && !Var->getDeclName()) {
13359 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_anonymous_var);
13360 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
13365 // Prohibit variably-modified types in blocks; they're difficult to deal with.
13366 if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && IsBlock) {
13368 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
13369 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13370 << Var->getDeclName();
13374 // Prohibit structs with flexible array members too.
13375 // We cannot capture what is in the tail end of the struct.
13376 if (const RecordType *VTTy = Var->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13377 if (VTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
13380 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_flexarray_type);
13382 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_flexarray_type)
13383 << Var->getDeclName();
13384 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13385 << Var->getDeclName();
13390 const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
13391 // Lambdas and captured statements are not allowed to capture __block
13392 // variables; they don't support the expected semantics.
13393 if (HasBlocksAttr && (IsLambda || isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI))) {
13395 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_capture_block_variable)
13396 << Var->getDeclName() << !IsLambda;
13397 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13398 << Var->getDeclName();
13406 // Returns true if the capture by block was successful.
13407 static bool captureInBlock(BlockScopeInfo *BSI, VarDecl *Var,
13408 SourceLocation Loc,
13409 const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
13410 QualType &CaptureType,
13411 QualType &DeclRefType,
13414 Expr *CopyExpr = nullptr;
13415 bool ByRef = false;
13417 // Blocks are not allowed to capture arrays.
13418 if (CaptureType->isArrayType()) {
13419 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
13420 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
13421 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13422 << Var->getDeclName();
13427 // Forbid the block-capture of autoreleasing variables.
13428 if (CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
13429 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
13430 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture)
13432 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13433 << Var->getDeclName();
13437 const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
13438 if (HasBlocksAttr || CaptureType->isReferenceType() ||
13439 (S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && S.IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var))) {
13440 // Block capture by reference does not change the capture or
13441 // declaration reference types.
13444 // Block capture by copy introduces 'const'.
13445 CaptureType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType().withConst();
13446 DeclRefType = CaptureType;
13448 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && BuildAndDiagnose) {
13449 if (const RecordType *Record = DeclRefType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
13450 // The capture logic needs the destructor, so make sure we mark it.
13451 // Usually this is unnecessary because most local variables have
13452 // their destructors marked at declaration time, but parameters are
13453 // an exception because it's technically only the call site that
13454 // actually requires the destructor.
13455 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var))
13456 S.FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record);
13458 // Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the copy
13459 // full-expression.
13460 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(S, S.PotentiallyEvaluated);
13462 // According to the blocks spec, the capture of a variable from
13463 // the stack requires a const copy constructor. This is not true
13464 // of the copy/move done to move a __block variable to the heap.
13465 Expr *DeclRef = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, Nested,
13466 DeclRefType.withConst(),
13470 = S.PerformCopyInitialization(
13471 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(Var->getLocation(),
13472 CaptureType, false),
13475 // Build a full-expression copy expression if initialization
13476 // succeeded and used a non-trivial constructor. Recover from
13477 // errors by pretending that the copy isn't necessary.
13478 if (!Result.isInvalid() &&
13479 !cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Result.get())->getConstructor()
13481 Result = S.MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Result);
13482 CopyExpr = Result.get();
13488 // Actually capture the variable.
13489 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
13490 BSI->addCapture(Var, HasBlocksAttr, ByRef, Nested, Loc,
13491 SourceLocation(), CaptureType, CopyExpr);
13498 /// \brief Capture the given variable in the captured region.
13499 static bool captureInCapturedRegion(CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI,
13501 SourceLocation Loc,
13502 const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
13503 QualType &CaptureType,
13504 QualType &DeclRefType,
13505 const bool RefersToCapturedVariable,
13507 // By default, capture variables by reference.
13509 // Using an LValue reference type is consistent with Lambdas (see below).
13510 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && RSI->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP) {
13511 if (S.IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var))
13512 DeclRefType = DeclRefType.getUnqualifiedType();
13513 ByRef = S.IsOpenMPCapturedByRef(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel);
13517 CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
13519 CaptureType = DeclRefType;
13521 Expr *CopyExpr = nullptr;
13522 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
13523 // The current implementation assumes that all variables are captured
13524 // by references. Since there is no capture by copy, no expression
13525 // evaluation will be needed.
13526 RecordDecl *RD = RSI->TheRecordDecl;
13529 = FieldDecl::Create(S.Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureType,
13530 S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureType, Loc),
13531 nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit);
13532 Field->setImplicit(true);
13533 Field->setAccess(AS_private);
13534 RD->addDecl(Field);
13536 CopyExpr = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, RefersToCapturedVariable,
13537 DeclRefType, VK_LValue, Loc);
13538 Var->setReferenced(true);
13539 Var->markUsed(S.Context);
13542 // Actually capture the variable.
13543 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
13544 RSI->addCapture(Var, /*isBlock*/false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable, Loc,
13545 SourceLocation(), CaptureType, CopyExpr);
13551 /// \brief Create a field within the lambda class for the variable
13552 /// being captured.
13553 static void addAsFieldToClosureType(Sema &S, LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
13554 QualType FieldType, QualType DeclRefType,
13555 SourceLocation Loc,
13556 bool RefersToCapturedVariable) {
13557 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = LSI->Lambda;
13559 // Build the non-static data member.
13561 = FieldDecl::Create(S.Context, Lambda, Loc, Loc, nullptr, FieldType,
13562 S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FieldType, Loc),
13563 nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit);
13564 Field->setImplicit(true);
13565 Field->setAccess(AS_private);
13566 Lambda->addDecl(Field);
13569 /// \brief Capture the given variable in the lambda.
13570 static bool captureInLambda(LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
13572 SourceLocation Loc,
13573 const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
13574 QualType &CaptureType,
13575 QualType &DeclRefType,
13576 const bool RefersToCapturedVariable,
13577 const Sema::TryCaptureKind Kind,
13578 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
13579 const bool IsTopScope,
13582 // Determine whether we are capturing by reference or by value.
13583 bool ByRef = false;
13584 if (IsTopScope && Kind != Sema::TryCapture_Implicit) {
13585 ByRef = (Kind == Sema::TryCapture_ExplicitByRef);
13587 ByRef = (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == LambdaScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref);
13590 // Compute the type of the field that will capture this variable.
13592 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p15:
13593 // An entity is captured by reference if it is implicitly or
13594 // explicitly captured but not captured by copy. It is
13595 // unspecified whether additional unnamed non-static data
13596 // members are declared in the closure type for entities
13597 // captured by reference.
13599 // FIXME: It is not clear whether we want to build an lvalue reference
13600 // to the DeclRefType or to CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(). GCC appears
13601 // to do the former, while EDG does the latter. Core issue 1249 will
13602 // clarify, but for now we follow GCC because it's a more permissive and
13603 // easily defensible position.
13604 CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
13606 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p14:
13607 // For each entity captured by copy, an unnamed non-static
13608 // data member is declared in the closure type. The
13609 // declaration order of these members is unspecified. The type
13610 // of such a data member is the type of the corresponding
13611 // captured entity if the entity is not a reference to an
13612 // object, or the referenced type otherwise. [Note: If the
13613 // captured entity is a reference to a function, the
13614 // corresponding data member is also a reference to a
13615 // function. - end note ]
13616 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = CaptureType->getAs<ReferenceType>()){
13617 if (!RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType())
13618 CaptureType = RefType->getPointeeType();
13621 // Forbid the lambda copy-capture of autoreleasing variables.
13622 if (CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
13623 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
13624 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture) << /*lambda*/ 1;
13625 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13626 << Var->getDeclName();
13631 // Make sure that by-copy captures are of a complete and non-abstract type.
13632 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
13633 if (!CaptureType->isDependentType() &&
13634 S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, CaptureType,
13635 diag::err_capture_of_incomplete_type,
13636 Var->getDeclName()))
13639 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, CaptureType,
13640 diag::err_capture_of_abstract_type))
13645 // Capture this variable in the lambda.
13646 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
13647 addAsFieldToClosureType(S, LSI, CaptureType, DeclRefType, Loc,
13648 RefersToCapturedVariable);
13650 // Compute the type of a reference to this captured variable.
13652 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
13654 // C++ [expr.prim.lambda]p5:
13655 // The closure type for a lambda-expression has a public inline
13656 // function call operator [...]. This function call operator is
13657 // declared const (9.3.1) if and only if the lambda-expression's
13658 // parameter-declaration-clause is not followed by mutable.
13659 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
13660 if (!LSI->Mutable && !CaptureType->isReferenceType())
13661 DeclRefType.addConst();
13664 // Add the capture.
13665 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
13666 LSI->addCapture(Var, /*IsBlock=*/false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable,
13667 Loc, EllipsisLoc, CaptureType, /*CopyExpr=*/nullptr);
13672 bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(
13673 VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation ExprLoc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
13674 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, QualType &CaptureType,
13675 QualType &DeclRefType, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
13676 // An init-capture is notionally from the context surrounding its
13677 // declaration, but its parent DC is the lambda class.
13678 DeclContext *VarDC = Var->getDeclContext();
13679 if (Var->isInitCapture())
13680 VarDC = VarDC->getParent();
13682 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
13683 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
13684 ? *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
13685 // We need to sync up the Declaration Context with the
13686 // FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
13687 if (FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
13688 unsigned FSIndex = FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
13689 while (FSIndex != MaxFunctionScopesIndex) {
13690 DC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC);
13696 // If the variable is declared in the current context, there is no need to
13698 if (VarDC == DC) return true;
13700 // Capture global variables if it is required to use private copy of this
13702 bool IsGlobal = !Var->hasLocalStorage();
13703 if (IsGlobal && !(LangOpts.OpenMP && IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var)))
13706 // Walk up the stack to determine whether we can capture the variable,
13707 // performing the "simple" checks that don't depend on type. We stop when
13708 // we've either hit the declared scope of the variable or find an existing
13709 // capture of that variable. We start from the innermost capturing-entity
13710 // (the DC) and ensure that all intervening capturing-entities
13711 // (blocks/lambdas etc.) between the innermost capturer and the variable`s
13712 // declcontext can either capture the variable or have already captured
13714 CaptureType = Var->getType();
13715 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
13716 bool Nested = false;
13717 bool Explicit = (Kind != TryCapture_Implicit);
13718 unsigned FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex;
13720 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can
13721 // capture; other scopes don't work.
13722 DeclContext *ParentDC = getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DC, Var,
13726 // We need to check for the parent *first* because, if we *have*
13727 // private-captured a global variable, we need to recursively capture it in
13728 // intermediate blocks, lambdas, etc.
13731 FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex - 1;
13737 FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex];
13738 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FSI);
13741 // Check whether we've already captured it.
13742 if (isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CSI, Var, Nested, CaptureType,
13745 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator body,
13746 // we do not want to capture new variables. What was captured
13747 // during either a lambdas transformation or initial parsing
13749 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(DC)) {
13750 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
13751 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
13752 if (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None) {
13753 Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var->getDeclName();
13754 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13755 << Var->getDeclName();
13756 Diag(LSI->Lambda->getLocStart(), diag::note_lambda_decl);
13758 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(*this, ExprLoc, Var, DC);
13762 // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture
13763 // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.)
13764 // so check for eligibility.
13765 if (!isVariableCapturable(CSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, *this))
13768 // Try to capture variable-length arrays types.
13769 if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
13770 // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA
13772 QualType QTy = Var->getType();
13773 if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(Var))
13774 QTy = PVD->getOriginalType();
13775 captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, QTy, CSI);
13778 if (getLangOpts().OpenMP) {
13779 if (auto *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
13780 // OpenMP private variables should not be captured in outer scope, so
13781 // just break here. Similarly, global variables that are captured in a
13782 // target region should not be captured outside the scope of the region.
13783 if (RSI->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP) {
13784 auto IsTargetCap = isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel);
13785 // When we detect target captures we are looking from inside the
13786 // target region, therefore we need to propagate the capture from the
13787 // enclosing region. Therefore, the capture is not initially nested.
13789 FunctionScopesIndex--;
13791 if (IsTargetCap || isOpenMPPrivateDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel)) {
13792 Nested = !IsTargetCap;
13793 DeclRefType = DeclRefType.getUnqualifiedType();
13794 CaptureType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
13800 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None && !Explicit) {
13801 // No capture-default, and this is not an explicit capture
13802 // so cannot capture this variable.
13803 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
13804 Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var->getDeclName();
13805 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
13806 << Var->getDeclName();
13807 if (cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Lambda)
13808 Diag(cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Lambda->getLocStart(),
13809 diag::note_lambda_decl);
13810 // FIXME: If we error out because an outer lambda can not implicitly
13811 // capture a variable that an inner lambda explicitly captures, we
13812 // should have the inner lambda do the explicit capture - because
13813 // it makes for cleaner diagnostics later. This would purely be done
13814 // so that the diagnostic does not misleadingly claim that a variable
13815 // can not be captured by a lambda implicitly even though it is captured
13816 // explicitly. Suggestion:
13817 // - create const bool VariableCaptureWasInitiallyExplicit = Explicit
13818 // at the function head
13819 // - cache the StartingDeclContext - this must be a lambda
13820 // - captureInLambda in the innermost lambda the variable.
13825 FunctionScopesIndex--;
13828 } while (!VarDC->Equals(DC));
13830 // Walk back down the scope stack, (e.g. from outer lambda to inner lambda)
13831 // computing the type of the capture at each step, checking type-specific
13832 // requirements, and adding captures if requested.
13833 // If the variable had already been captured previously, we start capturing
13834 // at the lambda nested within that one.
13835 for (unsigned I = ++FunctionScopesIndex, N = MaxFunctionScopesIndex + 1; I != N;
13837 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
13839 if (BlockScopeInfo *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
13840 if (!captureInBlock(BSI, Var, ExprLoc,
13841 BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
13842 DeclRefType, Nested, *this))
13845 } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
13846 if (!captureInCapturedRegion(RSI, Var, ExprLoc,
13847 BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
13848 DeclRefType, Nested, *this))
13852 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
13853 if (!captureInLambda(LSI, Var, ExprLoc,
13854 BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
13855 DeclRefType, Nested, Kind, EllipsisLoc,
13856 /*IsTopScope*/I == N - 1, *this))
13864 bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
13865 TryCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) {
13866 QualType CaptureType;
13867 QualType DeclRefType;
13868 return tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, Kind, EllipsisLoc,
13869 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/true, CaptureType,
13870 DeclRefType, nullptr);
13873 bool Sema::NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) {
13874 QualType CaptureType;
13875 QualType DeclRefType;
13876 return !tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(),
13877 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType,
13878 DeclRefType, nullptr);
13881 QualType Sema::getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) {
13882 QualType CaptureType;
13883 QualType DeclRefType;
13885 // Determine whether we can capture this variable.
13886 if (tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(),
13887 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType,
13888 DeclRefType, nullptr))
13891 return DeclRefType;
13896 // If either the type of the variable or the initializer is dependent,
13897 // return false. Otherwise, determine whether the variable is a constant
13898 // expression. Use this if you need to know if a variable that might or
13899 // might not be dependent is truly a constant expression.
13900 static inline bool IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
13901 ASTContext &Context) {
13903 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType())
13905 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
13906 Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD);
13909 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
13910 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
13911 if (Init->isValueDependent())
13913 return IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context);
13917 void Sema::UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E) {
13918 // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it is
13919 // an object that satisfies the requirements for appearing in a
13920 // constant expression (5.19) and the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1)
13921 // is immediately applied." This function handles the lvalue-to-rvalue
13922 // conversion part.
13923 MaybeODRUseExprs.erase(E->IgnoreParens());
13925 // If we are in a lambda, check if this DeclRefExpr or MemberExpr refers
13926 // to a variable that is a constant expression, and if so, identify it as
13927 // a reference to a variable that does not involve an odr-use of that
13929 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda()) {
13930 Expr *SansParensExpr = E->IgnoreParens();
13931 VarDecl *Var = nullptr;
13932 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SansParensExpr))
13933 Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getFoundDecl());
13934 else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(SansParensExpr))
13935 Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
13937 if (Var && IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(Var, Context))
13938 LSI->markVariableExprAsNonODRUsed(SansParensExpr);
13942 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res) {
13943 Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Res);
13945 if (!Res.isUsable())
13948 // If a constant-expression is a reference to a variable where we delay
13949 // deciding whether it is an odr-use, just assume we will apply the
13950 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. In the one case where this doesn't happen
13951 // (a non-type template argument), we have special handling anyway.
13952 UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Res.get());
13956 void Sema::CleanupVarDeclMarking() {
13957 for (Expr *E : MaybeODRUseExprs) {
13959 SourceLocation Loc;
13960 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
13961 Var = cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13962 Loc = DRE->getLocation();
13963 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
13964 Var = cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
13965 Loc = ME->getMemberLoc();
13967 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected expression");
13970 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, Loc, *this,
13971 /*MaxFunctionScopeIndex Pointer*/ nullptr);
13974 MaybeODRUseExprs.clear();
13978 static void DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc,
13979 VarDecl *Var, Expr *E) {
13980 assert((!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E)) &&
13981 "Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced");
13982 Var->setReferenced();
13984 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = Var->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
13985 bool MarkODRUsed = true;
13987 // If the context is not potentially evaluated, this is not an odr-use and
13988 // does not trigger instantiation.
13989 if (!IsPotentiallyEvaluatedContext(SemaRef)) {
13990 if (SemaRef.isUnevaluatedContext())
13993 // If we don't yet know whether this context is going to end up being an
13994 // evaluated context, and we're referencing a variable from an enclosing
13995 // scope, add a potential capture.
13997 // FIXME: Is this necessary? These contexts are only used for default
13998 // arguments, where local variables can't be used.
13999 const bool RefersToEnclosingScope =
14000 (SemaRef.CurContext != Var->getDeclContext() &&
14001 Var->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && Var->hasLocalStorage());
14002 if (RefersToEnclosingScope) {
14003 if (LambdaScopeInfo *const LSI = SemaRef.getCurLambda()) {
14004 // If a variable could potentially be odr-used, defer marking it so
14005 // until we finish analyzing the full expression for any
14006 // lvalue-to-rvalue
14007 // or discarded value conversions that would obviate odr-use.
14008 // Add it to the list of potential captures that will be analyzed
14009 // later (ActOnFinishFullExpr) for eventual capture and odr-use marking
14010 // unless the variable is a reference that was initialized by a constant
14011 // expression (this will never need to be captured or odr-used).
14012 assert(E && "Capture variable should be used in an expression.");
14013 if (!Var->getType()->isReferenceType() ||
14014 !IsVariableNonDependentAndAConstantExpression(Var, SemaRef.Context))
14015 LSI->addPotentialCapture(E->IgnoreParens());
14019 if (!isTemplateInstantiation(TSK))
14022 // Instantiate, but do not mark as odr-used, variable templates.
14023 MarkODRUsed = false;
14026 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec =
14027 dyn_cast<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var);
14028 assert(!isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Var) &&
14029 "Can't instantiate a partial template specialization.");
14031 // If this might be a member specialization of a static data member, check
14032 // the specialization is visible. We already did the checks for variable
14033 // template specializations when we created them.
14034 if (TSK != TSK_Undeclared && !isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var))
14035 SemaRef.checkSpecializationVisibility(Loc, Var);
14037 // Perform implicit instantiation of static data members, static data member
14038 // templates of class templates, and variable template specializations. Delay
14039 // instantiations of variable templates, except for those that could be used
14040 // in a constant expression.
14041 if (isTemplateInstantiation(TSK)) {
14042 bool TryInstantiating = TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation;
14044 if (TryInstantiating && !isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var)) {
14045 if (Var->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid()) {
14046 // This is a modification of an existing AST node. Notify listeners.
14047 if (ASTMutationListener *L = SemaRef.getASTMutationListener())
14048 L->StaticDataMemberInstantiated(Var);
14049 } else if (!Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context))
14050 // Don't bother trying to instantiate it again, unless we might need
14051 // its initializer before we get to the end of the TU.
14052 TryInstantiating = false;
14055 if (Var->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
14056 Var->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK, Loc);
14058 if (TryInstantiating) {
14059 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Var->getPointOfInstantiation();
14060 bool InstantiationDependent = false;
14061 bool IsNonDependent =
14062 VarSpec ? !TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
14063 VarSpec->getTemplateArgsInfo(), InstantiationDependent)
14066 // Do not instantiate specializations that are still type-dependent.
14067 if (IsNonDependent) {
14068 if (Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context)) {
14069 // Do not defer instantiations of variables which could be used in a
14070 // constant expression.
14071 SemaRef.InstantiateVariableDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Var);
14073 SemaRef.PendingInstantiations
14074 .push_back(std::make_pair(Var, PointOfInstantiation));
14083 // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it satisfies
14084 // the requirements for appearing in a constant expression (5.19) and, if
14085 // it is an object, the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1)
14086 // is immediately applied." We check the first part here, and
14087 // Sema::UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue deals with the second part.
14088 // Note that we use the C++11 definition everywhere because nothing in
14089 // C++03 depends on whether we get the C++03 version correct. The second
14090 // part does not apply to references, since they are not objects.
14091 if (E && IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, SemaRef.Context)) {
14092 // A reference initialized by a constant expression can never be
14093 // odr-used, so simply ignore it.
14094 if (!Var->getType()->isReferenceType())
14095 SemaRef.MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(E);
14097 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, Loc, SemaRef,
14098 /*MaxFunctionScopeIndex ptr*/ nullptr);
14101 /// \brief Mark a variable referenced, and check whether it is odr-used
14102 /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3). Note that this should not be
14103 /// used directly for normal expressions referring to VarDecl.
14104 void Sema::MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var) {
14105 DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(*this, Loc, Var, nullptr);
14108 static void MarkExprReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc,
14109 Decl *D, Expr *E, bool MightBeOdrUse) {
14110 if (SemaRef.isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext())
14111 SemaRef.checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(E, D);
14113 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
14114 DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(SemaRef, Loc, Var, E);
14118 SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, MightBeOdrUse);
14120 // If this is a call to a method via a cast, also mark the method in the
14121 // derived class used in case codegen can devirtualize the call.
14122 const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
14125 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
14128 // Only attempt to devirtualize if this is truly a virtual call.
14129 bool IsVirtualCall = MD->isVirtual() &&
14130 ME->performsVirtualDispatch(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
14131 if (!IsVirtualCall)
14133 const Expr *Base = ME->getBase();
14134 const CXXRecordDecl *MostDerivedClassDecl = Base->getBestDynamicClassType();
14135 if (!MostDerivedClassDecl)
14137 CXXMethodDecl *DM = MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(MostDerivedClassDecl);
14138 if (!DM || DM->isPure())
14140 SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, DM, MightBeOdrUse);
14143 /// \brief Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a DeclRefExpr.
14144 void Sema::MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E) {
14145 // TODO: update this with DR# once a defect report is filed.
14146 // C++11 defect. The address of a pure member should not be an ODR use, even
14147 // if it's a qualified reference.
14148 bool OdrUse = true;
14149 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getDecl()))
14150 if (Method->isVirtual())
14152 MarkExprReferenced(*this, E->getLocation(), E->getDecl(), E, OdrUse);
14155 /// \brief Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a MemberExpr.
14156 void Sema::MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E) {
14157 // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p2:
14158 // A non-overloaded function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated
14159 // expression or a member of a set of candidate functions, if selected by
14160 // overload resolution when referred to from a potentially-evaluated
14161 // expression, is odr-used, unless it is a pure virtual function and its
14162 // name is not explicitly qualified.
14163 bool MightBeOdrUse = true;
14164 if (E->performsVirtualDispatch(getLangOpts())) {
14165 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()))
14166 if (Method->isPure())
14167 MightBeOdrUse = false;
14169 SourceLocation Loc = E->getMemberLoc().isValid() ?
14170 E->getMemberLoc() : E->getLocStart();
14171 MarkExprReferenced(*this, Loc, E->getMemberDecl(), E, MightBeOdrUse);
14174 /// \brief Perform marking for a reference to an arbitrary declaration. It
14175 /// marks the declaration referenced, and performs odr-use checking for
14176 /// functions and variables. This method should not be used when building a
14177 /// normal expression which refers to a variable.
14178 void Sema::MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D,
14179 bool MightBeOdrUse) {
14180 if (MightBeOdrUse) {
14181 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
14182 MarkVariableReferenced(Loc, VD);
14186 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
14187 MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, FD, MightBeOdrUse);
14190 D->setReferenced();
14194 // Mark all of the declarations referenced
14195 // FIXME: Not fully implemented yet! We need to have a better understanding
14196 // of when we're entering
14197 class MarkReferencedDecls : public RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> {
14199 SourceLocation Loc;
14202 typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> Inherited;
14204 MarkReferencedDecls(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) : S(S), Loc(Loc) { }
14206 bool TraverseTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg);
14207 bool TraverseRecordType(RecordType *T);
14211 bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseTemplateArgument(
14212 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
14213 if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) {
14214 if (Decl *D = Arg.getAsDecl())
14215 S.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, true);
14218 return Inherited::TraverseTemplateArgument(Arg);
14221 bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseRecordType(RecordType *T) {
14222 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
14223 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(T->getDecl())) {
14224 const TemplateArgumentList &Args = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
14225 return TraverseTemplateArguments(Args.data(), Args.size());
14231 void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
14232 MarkReferencedDecls Marker(*this, Loc);
14233 Marker.TraverseType(Context.getCanonicalType(T));
14237 /// \brief Helper class that marks all of the declarations referenced by
14238 /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
14239 class EvaluatedExprMarker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> {
14241 bool SkipLocalVariables;
14244 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> Inherited;
14246 EvaluatedExprMarker(Sema &S, bool SkipLocalVariables)
14247 : Inherited(S.Context), S(S), SkipLocalVariables(SkipLocalVariables) { }
14249 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
14250 // If we were asked not to visit local variables, don't.
14251 if (SkipLocalVariables) {
14252 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(E->getDecl()))
14253 if (VD->hasLocalStorage())
14257 S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(E);
14260 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
14261 S.MarkMemberReferenced(E);
14262 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E);
14265 void VisitCXXBindTemporaryExpr(CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E) {
14266 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(),
14267 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(E->getTemporary()->getDestructor()));
14268 Visit(E->getSubExpr());
14271 void VisitCXXNewExpr(CXXNewExpr *E) {
14272 if (E->getOperatorNew())
14273 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorNew());
14274 if (E->getOperatorDelete())
14275 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete());
14276 Inherited::VisitCXXNewExpr(E);
14279 void VisitCXXDeleteExpr(CXXDeleteExpr *E) {
14280 if (E->getOperatorDelete())
14281 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete());
14282 QualType Destroyed = S.Context.getBaseElementType(E->getDestroyedType());
14283 if (const RecordType *DestroyedRec = Destroyed->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14284 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DestroyedRec->getDecl());
14285 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(),
14286 S.LookupDestructor(Record));
14289 Inherited::VisitCXXDeleteExpr(E);
14292 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
14293 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getConstructor());
14294 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
14297 void VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) {
14298 Visit(E->getExpr());
14301 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
14302 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
14304 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
14305 S.UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(E->getSubExpr());
14310 /// \brief Mark any declarations that appear within this expression or any
14311 /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
14313 /// \param SkipLocalVariables If true, don't mark local variables as
14315 void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
14316 bool SkipLocalVariables) {
14317 EvaluatedExprMarker(*this, SkipLocalVariables).Visit(E);
14320 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
14321 /// of the program being compiled.
14323 /// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
14324 /// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
14325 /// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
14326 /// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
14327 /// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
14328 /// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
14329 /// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
14332 /// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
14333 /// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
14334 /// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
14335 /// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
14336 bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
14337 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
14338 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
14340 case UnevaluatedAbstract:
14341 case DiscardedStatement:
14342 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
14345 case ConstantEvaluated:
14346 // Relevant diagnostics should be produced by constant evaluation.
14349 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
14350 case PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
14351 if (Statement && getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
14352 FunctionScopes.back()->PossiblyUnreachableDiags.
14353 push_back(sema::PossiblyUnreachableDiag(PD, Loc, Statement));
14364 bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
14365 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
14366 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
14369 // If we're inside a decltype's expression, don't check for a valid return
14370 // type or construct temporaries until we know whether this is the last call.
14371 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype) {
14372 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.push_back(CE);
14376 class CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
14381 CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *CE)
14382 : FD(FD), CE(CE) { }
14384 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
14386 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
14387 << T << CE->getSourceRange();
14391 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
14392 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() << T;
14393 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
14394 << FD->getDeclName();
14396 } Diagnoser(FD, CE);
14398 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType, Diagnoser))
14404 // Diagnose the s/=/==/ and s/\|=/!=/ typos. Note that adding parentheses
14405 // will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
14406 void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
14407 SourceLocation Loc;
14409 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
14410 bool IsOrAssign = false;
14412 if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
14413 if (Op->getOpcode() != BO_Assign && Op->getOpcode() != BO_OrAssign)
14416 IsOrAssign = Op->getOpcode() == BO_OrAssign;
14418 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
14419 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
14420 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
14421 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
14423 // self = [<foo> init...]
14424 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS()) && ME->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init)
14425 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
14427 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
14428 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() && Sel.getNameForSlot(0) == "nextObject")
14429 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
14432 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
14433 } else if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
14434 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal && Op->getOperator() != OO_PipeEqual)
14437 IsOrAssign = Op->getOperator() == OO_PipeEqual;
14438 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
14439 } else if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E))
14440 return DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(POE->getSyntacticForm());
14442 // Not an assignment.
14446 Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange();
14448 SourceLocation Open = E->getLocStart();
14449 SourceLocation Close = getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
14450 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence)
14451 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
14452 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
14455 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_or_assign_to_comparison)
14456 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "!=");
14458 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
14459 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
14462 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
14463 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
14464 void Sema::DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE) {
14465 // Don't warn if the parens came from a macro.
14466 SourceLocation parenLoc = ParenE->getLocStart();
14467 if (parenLoc.isInvalid() || parenLoc.isMacroID())
14469 // Don't warn for dependent expressions.
14470 if (ParenE->isTypeDependent())
14473 Expr *E = ParenE->IgnoreParens();
14475 if (BinaryOperator *opE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
14476 if (opE->getOpcode() == BO_EQ &&
14477 opE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->isModifiableLvalue(Context)
14478 == Expr::MLV_Valid) {
14479 SourceLocation Loc = opE->getOperatorLoc();
14481 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_equality_with_extra_parens) << E->getSourceRange();
14482 SourceRange ParenERange = ParenE->getSourceRange();
14483 Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_silence)
14484 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getBegin())
14485 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getEnd());
14486 Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_to_assign)
14487 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "=");
14491 ExprResult Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E,
14492 bool IsConstexpr) {
14493 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
14494 if (ParenExpr *parenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
14495 DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(parenE);
14497 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
14498 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
14501 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
14502 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14503 return CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E, IsConstexpr); // C++ 6.4p4
14505 ExprResult ERes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
14506 if (ERes.isInvalid())
14507 return ExprError();
14510 QualType T = E->getType();
14511 if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
14512 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
14513 << T << E->getSourceRange();
14514 return ExprError();
14516 CheckBoolLikeConversion(E, Loc);
14522 Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
14523 Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK) {
14524 // Empty conditions are valid in for-statements.
14526 return ConditionResult();
14530 case ConditionKind::Boolean:
14531 Cond = CheckBooleanCondition(Loc, SubExpr);
14534 case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf:
14535 Cond = CheckBooleanCondition(Loc, SubExpr, true);
14538 case ConditionKind::Switch:
14539 Cond = CheckSwitchCondition(Loc, SubExpr);
14542 if (Cond.isInvalid())
14543 return ConditionError();
14545 // FIXME: FullExprArg doesn't have an invalid bit, so check nullness instead.
14546 FullExprArg FullExpr = MakeFullExpr(Cond.get(), Loc);
14547 if (!FullExpr.get())
14548 return ConditionError();
14550 return ConditionResult(*this, nullptr, FullExpr,
14551 CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf);
14555 /// A visitor for rebuilding a call to an __unknown_any expression
14556 /// to have an appropriate type.
14557 struct RebuildUnknownAnyFunction
14558 : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyFunction, ExprResult> {
14562 RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S) : S(S) {}
14564 ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
14565 llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!");
14568 ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
14569 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_call)
14570 << E->getSourceRange();
14571 return ExprError();
14574 /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
14575 /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
14576 template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) {
14577 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
14578 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
14580 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
14581 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
14582 E->setType(SubExpr->getType());
14583 E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind());
14584 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
14588 ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) {
14589 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
14592 ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) {
14593 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
14596 ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) {
14597 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
14598 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
14600 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
14601 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
14602 E->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()));
14603 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
14604 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
14608 ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) {
14609 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) return VisitExpr(E);
14611 E->setType(VD->getType());
14613 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
14614 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14615 !(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VD) &&
14616 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isInstance()))
14617 E->setValueKind(VK_LValue);
14622 ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
14623 return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl());
14626 ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
14627 return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl());
14632 /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
14633 /// to have a function type.
14634 static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *FunctionExpr) {
14635 ExprResult Result = RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(S).Visit(FunctionExpr);
14636 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
14637 return S.DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Result.get());
14641 /// A visitor for rebuilding an expression of type __unknown_anytype
14642 /// into one which resolves the type directly on the referring
14643 /// expression. Strict preservation of the original source
14644 /// structure is not a goal.
14645 struct RebuildUnknownAnyExpr
14646 : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyExpr, ExprResult> {
14650 /// The current destination type.
14653 RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, QualType CastType)
14654 : S(S), DestType(CastType) {}
14656 ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
14657 llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!");
14660 ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
14661 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
14662 << E->getSourceRange();
14663 return ExprError();
14666 ExprResult VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E);
14667 ExprResult VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E);
14669 /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
14670 /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
14671 template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) {
14672 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
14673 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
14674 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
14675 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
14676 E->setType(SubExpr->getType());
14677 E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind());
14678 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
14682 ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) {
14683 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
14686 ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) {
14687 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
14690 ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) {
14691 const PointerType *Ptr = DestType->getAs<PointerType>();
14693 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof)
14694 << E->getSourceRange();
14695 return ExprError();
14697 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
14698 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
14699 E->setType(DestType);
14701 // Build the sub-expression as if it were an object of the pointee type.
14702 DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
14703 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
14704 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
14705 E->setSubExpr(SubResult.get());
14709 ExprResult VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E);
14711 ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD);
14713 ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
14714 return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl());
14717 ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
14718 return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl());
14723 /// Rebuilds a call expression which yielded __unknown_anytype.
14724 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
14725 Expr *CalleeExpr = E->getCallee();
14729 FK_FunctionPointer,
14734 QualType CalleeType = CalleeExpr->getType();
14735 if (CalleeType == S.Context.BoundMemberTy) {
14736 assert(isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E));
14737 Kind = FK_MemberFunction;
14738 CalleeType = Expr::findBoundMemberType(CalleeExpr);
14739 } else if (const PointerType *Ptr = CalleeType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
14740 CalleeType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
14741 Kind = FK_FunctionPointer;
14743 CalleeType = CalleeType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
14744 Kind = FK_BlockPointer;
14746 const FunctionType *FnType = CalleeType->castAs<FunctionType>();
14748 // Verify that this is a legal result type of a function.
14749 if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
14750 unsigned diagID = diag::err_func_returning_array_function;
14751 if (Kind == FK_BlockPointer)
14752 diagID = diag::err_block_returning_array_function;
14754 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diagID)
14755 << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
14756 return ExprError();
14759 // Otherwise, go ahead and set DestType as the call's result.
14760 E->setType(DestType.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context));
14761 E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
14762 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
14764 // Rebuild the function type, replacing the result type with DestType.
14765 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnType);
14767 // __unknown_anytype(...) is a special case used by the debugger when
14768 // it has no idea what a function's signature is.
14770 // We want to build this call essentially under the K&R
14771 // unprototyped rules, but making a FunctionNoProtoType in C++
14772 // would foul up all sorts of assumptions. However, we cannot
14773 // simply pass all arguments as variadic arguments, nor can we
14774 // portably just call the function under a non-variadic type; see
14775 // the comment on IR-gen's TargetInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic.
14776 // However, it turns out that in practice it is generally safe to
14777 // call a function declared as "A foo(B,C,D);" under the prototype
14778 // "A foo(B,C,D,...);". The only known exception is with the
14779 // Windows ABI, where any variadic function is implicitly cdecl
14780 // regardless of its normal CC. Therefore we change the parameter
14781 // types to match the types of the arguments.
14783 // This is a hack, but it is far superior to moving the
14784 // corresponding target-specific code from IR-gen to Sema/AST.
14786 ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes = Proto->getParamTypes();
14787 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
14788 if (ParamTypes.empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) { // the special case
14789 ArgTypes.reserve(E->getNumArgs());
14790 for (unsigned i = 0, e = E->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
14791 Expr *Arg = E->getArg(i);
14792 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
14793 if (E->isLValue()) {
14794 ArgType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType);
14795 } else if (E->isXValue()) {
14796 ArgType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgType);
14798 ArgTypes.push_back(ArgType);
14800 ParamTypes = ArgTypes;
14802 DestType = S.Context.getFunctionType(DestType, ParamTypes,
14803 Proto->getExtProtoInfo());
14805 DestType = S.Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(DestType,
14806 FnType->getExtInfo());
14809 // Rebuild the appropriate pointer-to-function type.
14811 case FK_MemberFunction:
14815 case FK_FunctionPointer:
14816 DestType = S.Context.getPointerType(DestType);
14819 case FK_BlockPointer:
14820 DestType = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(DestType);
14824 // Finally, we can recurse.
14825 ExprResult CalleeResult = Visit(CalleeExpr);
14826 if (!CalleeResult.isUsable()) return ExprError();
14827 E->setCallee(CalleeResult.get());
14829 // Bind a temporary if necessary.
14830 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
14833 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {
14834 // Verify that this is a legal result type of a call.
14835 if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
14836 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_func_returning_array_function)
14837 << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
14838 return ExprError();
14841 // Rewrite the method result type if available.
14842 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = E->getMethodDecl()) {
14843 assert(Method->getReturnType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy);
14844 Method->setReturnType(DestType);
14847 // Change the type of the message.
14848 E->setType(DestType.getNonReferenceType());
14849 E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
14851 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
14854 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
14855 // The only case we should ever see here is a function-to-pointer decay.
14856 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_FunctionToPointerDecay) {
14857 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
14858 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
14860 E->setType(DestType);
14862 // Rebuild the sub-expression as the pointee (function) type.
14863 DestType = DestType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
14865 ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
14866 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
14868 E->setSubExpr(Result.get());
14870 } else if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
14871 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
14872 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
14874 assert(isa<BlockPointerType>(E->getType()));
14876 E->setType(DestType);
14878 // The sub-expression has to be a lvalue reference, so rebuild it as such.
14879 DestType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DestType);
14881 ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
14882 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
14884 E->setSubExpr(Result.get());
14887 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast type!");
14891 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) {
14892 ExprValueKind ValueKind = VK_LValue;
14893 QualType Type = DestType;
14895 // We know how to make this work for certain kinds of decls:
14898 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
14899 if (const PointerType *Ptr = Type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
14900 DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
14901 ExprResult Result = resolveDecl(E, VD);
14902 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
14903 return S.ImpCastExprToType(Result.get(), Type,
14904 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, VK_RValue);
14907 if (!Type->isFunctionType()) {
14908 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_function)
14909 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
14910 return ExprError();
14912 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = Type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
14913 // We must match the FunctionDecl's type to the hack introduced in
14914 // RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr to vararg functions of unknown
14915 // type. See the lengthy commentary in that routine.
14916 QualType FDT = FD->getType();
14917 const FunctionType *FnType = FDT->castAs<FunctionType>();
14918 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(FnType);
14919 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
14920 if (DRE && Proto && Proto->getParamTypes().empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) {
14921 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
14922 FunctionDecl *NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(FD->getASTContext(),
14923 FD->getDeclContext(),
14924 Loc, Loc, FD->getNameInfo().getName(),
14925 DestType, FD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
14926 SC_None, false/*isInlineSpecified*/,
14927 FD->hasPrototype(),
14928 false/*isConstexprSpecified*/);
14930 if (FD->getQualifier())
14931 NewFD->setQualifierInfo(FD->getQualifierLoc());
14933 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
14934 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
14935 ParmVarDecl *Param =
14936 S.BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(FD, Loc, AI);
14937 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
14938 Params.push_back(Param);
14940 NewFD->setParams(Params);
14941 DRE->setDecl(NewFD);
14942 VD = DRE->getDecl();
14946 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
14947 if (MD->isInstance()) {
14948 ValueKind = VK_RValue;
14949 Type = S.Context.BoundMemberTy;
14952 // Function references aren't l-values in C.
14953 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
14954 ValueKind = VK_RValue;
14957 } else if (isa<VarDecl>(VD)) {
14958 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
14959 Type = RefTy->getPointeeType();
14960 } else if (Type->isFunctionType()) {
14961 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_var_function_type)
14962 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
14963 return ExprError();
14968 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_decl)
14969 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
14970 return ExprError();
14973 // Modifying the declaration like this is friendly to IR-gen but
14974 // also really dangerous.
14975 VD->setType(DestType);
14977 E->setValueKind(ValueKind);
14981 /// Check a cast of an unknown-any type. We intentionally only
14982 /// trigger this for C-style casts.
14983 ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
14984 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
14985 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path) {
14986 // The type we're casting to must be either void or complete.
14987 if (!CastType->isVoidType() &&
14988 RequireCompleteType(TypeRange.getBegin(), CastType,
14989 diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_incomplete))
14990 return ExprError();
14992 // Rewrite the casted expression from scratch.
14993 ExprResult result = RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, CastType).Visit(CastExpr);
14994 if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
14996 CastExpr = result.get();
14997 VK = CastExpr->getValueKind();
14998 CastKind = CK_NoOp;
15003 ExprResult Sema::forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType) {
15004 return RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, ToType).Visit(E);
15007 ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
15008 Expr *arg, QualType ¶mType) {
15009 // If the syntactic form of the argument is not an explicit cast of
15010 // any sort, just do default argument promotion.
15011 ExplicitCastExpr *castArg = dyn_cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(arg->IgnoreParens());
15013 ExprResult result = DefaultArgumentPromotion(arg);
15014 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15015 paramType = result.get()->getType();
15019 // Otherwise, use the type that was written in the explicit cast.
15020 assert(!arg->hasPlaceholderType());
15021 paramType = castArg->getTypeAsWritten();
15023 // Copy-initialize a parameter of that type.
15024 InitializedEntity entity =
15025 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, paramType,
15026 /*consumed*/ false);
15027 return PerformCopyInitialization(entity, callLoc, arg);
15030 static ExprResult diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
15032 unsigned diagID = diag::err_uncasted_use_of_unknown_any;
15034 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
15035 if (CallExpr *call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
15036 E = call->getCallee();
15037 diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
15043 SourceLocation loc;
15045 if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
15046 loc = ref->getLocation();
15047 d = ref->getDecl();
15048 } else if (MemberExpr *mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
15049 loc = mem->getMemberLoc();
15050 d = mem->getMemberDecl();
15051 } else if (ObjCMessageExpr *msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
15052 diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
15053 loc = msg->getSelectorStartLoc();
15054 d = msg->getMethodDecl();
15056 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_uncasted_send_to_unknown_any_method)
15057 << static_cast<unsigned>(msg->isClassMessage()) << msg->getSelector()
15058 << orig->getSourceRange();
15059 return ExprError();
15062 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
15063 << E->getSourceRange();
15064 return ExprError();
15067 S.Diag(loc, diagID) << d << orig->getSourceRange();
15069 // Never recoverable.
15070 return ExprError();
15073 /// Check for operands with placeholder types and complain if found.
15074 /// Returns true if there was an error and no recovery was possible.
15075 ExprResult Sema::CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E) {
15076 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15077 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it
15078 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
15079 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
15080 ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E);
15081 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
15085 const BuiltinType *placeholderType = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType();
15086 if (!placeholderType) return E;
15088 switch (placeholderType->getKind()) {
15090 // Overloaded expressions.
15091 case BuiltinType::Overload: {
15092 // Try to resolve a single function template specialization.
15093 // This is obligatory.
15094 ExprResult Result = E;
15095 if (ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Result, false))
15098 // No guarantees that ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization
15099 // leaves Result unchanged on failure.
15101 if (resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Result))
15104 // If that failed, try to recover with a call.
15105 tryToRecoverWithCall(Result, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_unresolvable),
15106 /*complain*/ true);
15110 // Bound member functions.
15111 case BuiltinType::BoundMember: {
15112 ExprResult result = E;
15113 const Expr *BME = E->IgnoreParens();
15114 PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(diag::err_bound_member_function);
15115 // Try to give a nicer diagnostic if it is a bound member that we recognize.
15116 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(BME)) {
15117 PD = PDiag(diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) << /*pseudo-destructor*/ 1;
15118 } else if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BME)) {
15119 if (ME->getMemberNameInfo().getName().getNameKind() ==
15120 DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName)
15121 PD = PDiag(diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) << /*destructor*/ 0;
15123 tryToRecoverWithCall(result, PD,
15124 /*complain*/ true);
15128 // ARC unbridged casts.
15129 case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: {
15130 Expr *realCast = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E);
15131 diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(realCast);
15135 // Expressions of unknown type.
15136 case BuiltinType::UnknownAny:
15137 return diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(*this, E);
15140 case BuiltinType::PseudoObject:
15141 return checkPseudoObjectRValue(E);
15143 case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn: {
15144 // Accept __noop without parens by implicitly converting it to a call expr.
15145 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
15147 auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
15148 if (FD->getBuiltinID() == Builtin::BI__noop) {
15149 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(FD->getType()),
15150 CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
15151 return new (Context) CallExpr(Context, E, None, Context.IntTy,
15152 VK_RValue, SourceLocation());
15156 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_fn_use);
15157 return ExprError();
15160 // Expressions of unknown type.
15161 case BuiltinType::OMPArraySection:
15162 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_omp_array_section_use);
15163 return ExprError();
15165 // Everything else should be impossible.
15166 #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
15167 case BuiltinType::Id:
15168 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
15169 #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
15170 #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId)
15171 #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
15175 llvm_unreachable("invalid placeholder type!");
15178 bool Sema::CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E) {
15179 if (E->isTypeDependent())
15181 if (E->isValueDependent() || E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context))
15182 return E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType();
15186 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
15188 Sema::ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
15189 assert((Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) &&
15190 "Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!");
15191 QualType BoolT = Context.ObjCBuiltinBoolTy;
15192 if (!Context.getBOOLDecl()) {
15193 LookupResult Result(*this, &Context.Idents.get("BOOL"), OpLoc,
15194 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
15195 if (LookupName(Result, getCurScope()) && Result.isSingleResult()) {
15196 NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
15197 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(ND))
15198 Context.setBOOLDecl(TD);
15201 if (Context.getBOOLDecl())
15202 BoolT = Context.getBOOLType();
15203 return new (Context)
15204 ObjCBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes, BoolT, OpLoc);
15207 ExprResult Sema::ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(
15208 llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs, SourceLocation AtLoc,
15209 SourceLocation RParen) {
15211 StringRef Platform = getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName();
15213 auto Spec = std::find_if(AvailSpecs.begin(), AvailSpecs.end(),
15214 [&](const AvailabilitySpec &Spec) {
15215 return Spec.getPlatform() == Platform;
15218 VersionTuple Version;
15219 if (Spec != AvailSpecs.end())
15220 Version = Spec->getVersion();
15222 return new (Context)
15223 ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(Version, AtLoc, RParen, Context.BoolTy);